Owner’s Manual MY17 RG Trailblazer Trailblazer RG MY17
MY17 RG Trailblazer holden.com.au GM Holden Ltd, ABN 84 006 893 232, Holden New Zealand Ltd., Company Number 1602 (hereinafter Holden)
Change of name, address or ownership If you drive a pre-owned Holden, have moved house or changed any of your details, we’d like to hear from you! Holden uses your details to keep your vehicle’s factory provided Roadside Assistance and Warranty details up to date. It also helps us let you know if there is an existing safety recall or rework on your vehicle. To update your details, please take a few minutes to fill in and mail the form at the back of the Service & Warranty Booklet or visit Holden’s website at: www.holden.com.au/forms/change-of-owner-details GM Holden Ltd (Holden) is collecting the new owner’s personal information in order to process the request for transfer for the specified vehicle. We may disclose your personal information to our related companies and third parties who provide us with (or help us provide) products and services, including to overseas locations such as the USA, and other countries in Europe, Oceania and Asia. Holden’s privacy policy (available at: www.holden.com.au/privacypolicy) states how you can seek to access or correct any personal information Holden holds about you, how to complain about a privacy breach by Holden and how Holden will deal with a privacy complaint. You can contact Holden on 1800 033 349 or alternatively, you may prefer to email Holden at: [email protected] Note: Please refer to the inside front cover of the Service & Warranty Booklet for the Vehicle Identification Certificate.
© 2016 GM Holden Ltd. © 2016 Holden New Zealand Ltd. Printed in Australia Reproduction in whole or part is Part No. 92289243 prohibited without written approval from November 2016 GM Holden Ltd., ABN 84 006 893 232 (Australia) or (MY17 RG Trailblazer. Print 2) Holden New Zealand Ltd., Company Number 1602 (New Zealand) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Contents Introduction ...... 2 In Brief ...... 5 Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 17 Seats and Restraints ...... 32 Storage ...... 55 Instruments and Controls ...... 62 Lighting ...... 90 Infotainment System ...... 97 Climate Controls ...... 177 Driving and Operating ...... 185 Vehicle Care ...... 226 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 270 Technical Data ...... 272 Customer Information ...... 279 Index ...... 282 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
2 Introduction Introduction Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Introduction 3
Your vehicle is a designed . The table of contents at the Danger, Warning, and combination of advanced beginning of this manual and technology, safety, environmental within each section shows where Caution friendliness and economy. the information is located. { Danger This Owner's Manual provides . The index will enable you to you with all the necessary search for specific information. Text marked { Danger provides information to enable you to drive . Directional data, e.g. left or right, your vehicle safely and efficiently. information on risk of fatal injury. or front or back, always relate to Disregarding this information may Make sure your passengers are the direction of travel. endanger life. aware of the possible risk of . Display messages and interior accident and injury which may result labelling are written in bold from improper use of the vehicle. letters. { Warning Using this Manual . For a complete list of the registered trademarks contained Text marked { Warning . This manual describes all in this manual see Trademarks provides information on risk of options and features available and License Agreements. accident or injury. Disregarding for this model. Certain Trademarks and Licence this information may lead to injury. descriptions, including those Agreements 0 142, Trademarks for display and menu and Licence Agreements 0 175 functions, may not apply to and Trademarks and Licence your vehicle due to model Agreements 0 279. Caution variant, special equipment or accessories. Text marked Caution provides . The "In brief" section will give information on possible damage you an initial overview. to the vehicle. Disregarding this information may lead to vehicle damage. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
4 Introduction 2 NOTES Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
In Brief 5 In Brief Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview Instrument Panel Overview ...... 5 Initial Drive Information Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 6 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 7 Seat Adjustment ...... 8 Head Restraint Adjustment ...... 9 Safety Belts ...... 10 Mirror Adjustment ...... 10 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 11 Exterior Lighting ...... 11 Horn ...... 12 Washer and Wiper Systems . . . 13 Climate Controls ...... 14 Transmission ...... 14 Parking ...... 15 Getting Started ...... 15
1. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 90 Headlamp High/Low-Beam 0 2. Side Air Vents. See Adjustable Changer 91 Air Vents 0 182 Flash-to-Pass 0 91 3. Steering Wheel Controls 0 65 Driver Information Centre 0 4. Turn and Lane-Change (DIC) 78 Signals 0 93 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
6 In Brief 5. Instrument Panel Electronic Stability Control Initial Drive Overview 0 63 (ESC) 0 201 6. Horn 0 65 18. Shift Lever 0 193 Information Driver's Airbag. See Airbag and 19. Steering Wheel 0 0 Remote Keyless Entry Seat Belt Tensioner Light 73 Adjustment 64 (RKE) System 7. Driver Information Centre 20. Bonnet Release Lever. See (DIC) 0 78 Bonnet 0 229 Remote Keyless Entry 8. Cruise Control 0 204 21. Brake Pedal. See Brakes 0 199 9. Windscreen Wiper, Windscreen 22. Throttle Pedal. See New Washer System. See Vehicle Break-In 0 188 0 Windshield Wiper/Washer 66 23. Fuel Tank Flap Release Lever. 10. Central Air Vents. See See Filling the Tank 0 218 0 Adjustable Air Vents 182 24. Instrument Panel Fuse 11. Radio Controls and Display. Block 0 248 0 See Overview 98 25. Ignition Positions 0 188 0 12. Hazard Warning Flashers 92 26. Climate Control Systems 0 177 13. Passenger Airbag. See Front 27. Instrument Panel Storage 0 55 Airbag System 0 46 28. Lane Departure Warning 14. Glove Box 0 56 The key operates all doors and the (LDW) 0 215 ignition. 15. Power Outlets 0 68 29. Parking Assist 0 208 . Unlock all doors and the tailgate 16. Descent Control System " 0 30. Reflected LED Alert. See by pressing once. (DCS) 202 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) The hazard lamps flash twice. 17. Traction Control System System 0 206 (TCS) 0 201 . Press and hold " to automatically open all windows. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
In Brief 7
. Press Q to lock all doors and the Starting the Vehicle The engine will continue to run for tailgate. 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a 10-minute time extension. Remote The hazard lamps flash once start can be extended only once. and any open windows automatically close. Canceling a Remote Start These features can be To cancel a remote start, do one of customized through the the following: Infotainment System. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the See Remote Control 0 20 and vehicle and press and hold / Central Locking System 0 21. until the parking lamps turn off. Remote Vehicle Start . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. If equipped with this feature, the 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the . Turn the vehicle on and then off. engine can be started from outside vehicle. the vehicle. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 18. 2. Press and release Q. 3. Immediately after completing Step 2, press and hold / for at least four seconds or until the turn signal lamps flash. When the engine starts, the parking lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
8 In Brief
Seat Adjustment Seat Backrests Seat Positioning
. To lower the seat cushion, push the lever down several times. 1. Recline the seatback by . To raise the seat cushion, pull pulling the lever. the lever up several times. 1. Move the seat forwards or backwards by lifting the handle 2. Adjust the angle and release See Seat Adjustment 0 34. at the front and sliding the seat. the lever. Power Seat Adjustment 2. Release the handle to engage 3. Allow the seat to engage. the latch. Note Seat Positioning Try to move the seat back and forth Do not lean on the seat when The vehicle may have power seat to ensure the seat is locked in adjusting. adjustment. place. See Seat Adjustment 0 34. 0 Caution See Seat Adjustment 34. Seat Height The vehicle may have seat height Avoid spilling any liquid near the adjustment. front seat power switch. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
In Brief 9
. Recline the seatback by sliding Head Restraint the switch forwards or backwards. Adjustment See Power Seat Adjustment 0 35. Seat Height
. Move the seat forwards or backwards by sliding the switch. See Power Seat Adjustment 0 35. Seat Backrests . To raise the head restraint, pull the head restraint upwards. . To lower the head restraint, . To lower the seat cushion, push press the button and push the the switch downwards. head restraint downwards. . To raise the seat cushion, pull See Head Restraints 0 32. the switch upwards. See Power Seat Adjustment 0 35. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
10 In Brief
Safety Belts Mirror Adjustment Exterior Mirrors Interior Mirror
1. Withdraw the belt from the reel. The control for the power mirrors 2. Pull the metal tongue across are located on the driver`s door. The adjustment is performed by your body into the buckle, until Select the relevant exterior mirror tilting it to a suitable position. it clicks into place. and adjust it. Adjust the lever below the mirror to 3. Tension the lap belt regularly See Power Mirrors 0 25, reduce headlamp glare from while driving by tugging the Convex Mirrors 0 25, following vehicles. shoulder belt. or Folding Mirrors 0 26. See Manual Rearview Mirror 0 27. See Seat Belts 0 41 and Airbag System 0 45. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
In Brief 11
Steering Wheel Exterior Lighting High Beam/Low Beam Adjustment
. To flash the headlamps, pull the lever. 1. To unlock, move the O : With automatic light system, lever down. turn the switch to activate or . To switch from low to high beam, deactivate the system, switch turns push the lever. 2. Adjust the steering wheel. back to AUTO . To switch to low beam, push 3. To lock, move the lever up. AUTO : Headlights and exterior again or pull the lever. 4. Ensure the steering wheel is lights are switched on and off See Headlamp High/Low-Beam locked in position before automatically depending on external Changer 0 91 and driving. lighting conditions Flash-to-Pass 0 91. See Steering Wheel Adjustment ; : Sidelights, number plate lights 0 64, Airbag System 0 45, or and instrument panel lamps are Ignition Positions 0 188. illuminated 2 : Headlights See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 90. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
12 In Brief
Turn and Lane-Change Signals Hazard Warning Flashers Horn
. Push the lever in the direction . Press | to turn the hazard Press a. the steering wheel is turned. warning flasher on or off, when . A green arrow on the instrument the ignition is in any position. panel flashes when the lamps See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 92. are in operation. See Turn and Lane-Change Signals 0 93. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
In Brief 13
Washer and Wiper See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 66 Rear Window Wiper/Washer and Wiper Blade Systems Replacement 0 237. Windscreen Wipers Windscreen Washer
To activate the rear window wiper/ washer: . Press the lower position for . Pull the lever towards you to continuous operation 1x : Single wipe wash the windscreen. . Press the upper position for OFF : Off Washer fluid is sprayed onto the intermittent operation INT : Intermittent operation windscreen and the wipers operate. . Press the middle position to LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed turn off See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 66 HI : Continuous wipe, fast speed and Washer Fluid 0 234. For a single wipe when the windscreen wipers are off, move the lever up lightly and release it. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
14 In Brief
Climate Controls See Climate Control Systems 0 177 or Electronic Climate Control System 0 179. Transmission Transmission
To wash the rear window: . Push the lever forwards Washer fluid is sprayed onto the rear window and the wiper operates.
P: Park R: Reverse N: Neutral D: Drive The shift lever can only be moved The climate control panel is located out of P when the ignition is on and in the centre of the instrument the brake pedal is applied. panel. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
In Brief 15
To engage P or R, push the release . If the vehicle is on a level . For vehicles with a diesel button on the front of the shift lever. surface or uphill gradient, engine, before switching off, do Manual mode: Move the shift lever engage first gear or set the shift not accelerate. to position D, then push to the left. lever to P before switching off the ignition. On an uphill { Warning + : higher gear gradient, turn the front wheels − : lower gear away from the curb. Do not park the vehicle on a flammable surface. The high See Automatic Transmission 0 193 If the vehicle is on a downhill temperature of the exhaust and Four-Wheel Drive 0 195. slope, engage reverse gear or set the selector lever to P before system could ignite the surface. Parking switching off the ignition. Turn the front wheels towards See Keys 0 17. . Always apply the parking brake the curb. firmly without pressing the . Close the windows. release button. Apply as firmly Getting Started as possible on a downhill slope . Lock the vehicle. Check Before Starting or uphill gradient. Apply foot . Activate the anti-theft alarm brake before applying the . Check that windows, mirrors and system, if available, see lamps are clean. parking brake to reduce Anti-theft Alarm System 0 24. operating force. . Visually check tyre inflation. . For vehicles with a diesel . Switch off the engine and Check the tyre pressures engine, after running at high weekly. ignition. Turn the ignition key to engine speeds or with high LOCK (0), remove it and turn the engine loads, operate the engine . Ensure that all doors are closed steering wheel until the steering briefly at a low load or run in and secured. wheel lock is felt to engage. neutral for about 1 to 2 minutes . Position your seat for For vehicles with automatic at idle speed before switching off comfortable driving. transmission, move the shift in order to protect the lever to P position and remove turbocharger. . Adjust rear view mirrors. the key. . Fasten seat belts. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
16 In Brief
. Check that the warning indicators illuminate when Warning (Continued) turning the ignition on. Never remove the key while the See Warning Lights, Gauges, and vehicle is moving, as this will lock 0 Indicators 69. the steering. Starting the Engine 0: (LOCK) The key can only be inserted and removed from this position. 1: (ACC) When the key is in this position, the audio system operates. 2: (ON) Turn the key to this position for preheating, until K goes out. When the key is in this position, the engine is ready to start and all electrical systems are active. Do not leave the switch in this position for a long time, unless the { Warning engine is running, otherwise the vehicle's battery will discharge. Do not turn the engine off while 3: (START) Turn the key to this the vehicle is moving as there will position and release when the not be any power assist for engine is running. brakes or steering. See Ignition Positions 0 188 and (Continued) Automatic Transmission 0 193. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 17
Keys, Doors, and Keys and Locks The key operates all doors and the ignition. Windows Keys . Unlock all doors and the tailgate " Keys and Locks by pressing once. Keys ...... 17 Caution The hazard lamps flash twice. Remote Vehicle Start ...... 18 . Press and hold " to Remote Control ...... 20 Do not attach heavy or bulky Manual Door Locks ...... 21 automatically open all windows. items to the ignition key. Central Locking System ...... 21 . Press Q to lock all doors and the Safety Locks ...... 22 tailgate. Doors Tailgate ...... 23 The hazard lamps flash once and any open windows Vehicle Security automatically close. Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 24 These features can be Immobiliser ...... 25 customized through the Exterior Mirrors Infotainment System. Convex Mirrors ...... 25 See Tailgate 0 23 and Central Power Mirrors ...... 25 Locking System 0 21. Folding Mirrors ...... 26 Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 27 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror (If equipped) ...... 27 Windows Power Windows ...... 27 Heated Rear Window ...... 29 Sun Visors ...... 30 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Foldaway key blade About the keys . The power supply is interrupted . The remote control has a range for a short time. of up to 20 metres. . The vehicle is parked near . The range depends on the strong radio activity. charge of the key battery, on Replacement keys ambient conditions, the key's location and the area If a key is lost, a replacement can between them. be ordered through any Holden Dealer. . Take care that no button is pressed unintentionally, Remote Vehicle Start especially when the vehicle is out of sight. . Protect from moisture and high 1. Press button to extend the key temperatures. blade. The key buttons may not work if 2. To retract the key blade, press the button and fold the blade . More than 20 metres from the into the key. vehicle. . Battery voltage is too low. See Battery replacement under Remote Control 0 20. . The key buttons are operated repeatedly while not in range of If equipped, this feature allows the the vehicle. engine to be started from outside . The central locking system is the vehicle. operated at frequent intervals. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 19
/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : This When the engine starts, the park A maximum of two remote starts, button will be on the RKE lamps will turn on and remain on as or a single start with an extension, transmitter if the vehicle has remote long as the engine is running. The is allowed between ignition cycles. start. doors will be locked and the climate The vehicle's ignition must be control system may come on. The climate control system will use turned on and then back off before the previous settings during a The engine will continue to run for the remote start procedure can be remote start. The rear defog may 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a used again. 10-minute time extension. Remote come on during remote start based Cancelling a Remote Start on cold ambient conditions. start can be extended only once. If the engine is running when you To cancel a remote start, do one of Other conditions can affect the the following: performance of the transmitter. See enter the vehicle, turn the ignition Remote Control 0 20. switch ON. If the engine is not . Aim the RKE transmitter at the running when you enter the vehicle, vehicle and press and hold / Starting the Vehicle start the engine normally. until the park lamps turn off. To start the engine using the remote Extending Engine Run Time . Turn on the hazard warning start feature: For a 10-minute extension, repeat flashers. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the Steps 1–3 while the engine is still . Turn the vehicle on and then off. vehicle. running. The remote start can be extended once. Conditions in Which Remote Start 2. Press and release Q. Will Not Work When the remote start is extended, 3. Immediately after completing The remote vehicle start feature will / the second 10 minutes will start Step 2, press and hold for at immediately. not operate if: least four seconds or until the . The key is in the ignition. turn signal lamps flash. The For example, if the engine has been turn signal lamps flashing running for five minutes, and . The bonnet is not closed. confirms the request to remote 10 minutes are added, the engine will run for a total of 15 minutes. . The hazard warning flashers start the vehicle has been are on. received. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
20 Keys, Doors, and Windows
. The malfunction indicator lamp . Do not place heavy objects on is on. the transmitter. . The engine coolant temperature . Keep the transmitter away from is too high. water and direct sunlight. . The oil pressure is low. . If the transmitter gets wet, wipe . Two remote vehicle starts, or a it with a soft cloth. single remote start with an extension, have already Caution been used. Avoid touching the flat surfaces of . The vehicle is not in P (Park). the battery, the circuit board and other components inside the Use CR2032 (or equivalent) battery. Remote Control remote control with bare fingers. 1. Open the cover. Battery Replacement Handling will shorten battery life. 2. Remove the used battery. As soon as the range of the remote control reduces, replace the battery: 3. Install the new battery. Replace battery in remote key is Place the negative side (-) also displayed on the instrument down towards the base. panel when the battery requires 4. Close the cover. replacing. 5. Check the key operation. Note . Batteries do not belong in household waste. Dispose of at an appropriate recycling collection point. . Avoid dropping the transmitter. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 21
Manual Door Locks Door Lock Snibs Central Locking System Doors may be locked and unlocked by pressing buttons on: . The driver’s door armrest . The key from inside or outside the vehicle Note . The driver's door must be closed for the driver's door to lock. . A horn chirp may sound as a reminder if a door is not closed. . Pulling on an interior door . Insert the key into the door lock. . To lock all doors from the inside, push the door lock snib so it is handle will not unlock a door . Turn the key clockwise to lock all flush with the door handle. unless an unlock button has doors. been pressed. . To unlock any door from the . Turn the key anticlockwise to inside, pull the door lock snib The vehicle may have features that unlock the driver's door. outwards. can have customised settings. See Vehicle Personalisation 0 88. Note . The driver's door lock snib does Tap the key slot or heat the key if not operate when the door the door does not unlock in cold is open. weather. Note Do not operate the switches constantly. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
22 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Central locking button Safety Locks To activate: . Rotate the switch in a clockwise direction. To open a door when the child security rear door lock is activated: . Open the door from the outside. Side Steps
Locks and unlocks all doors. { Warning . Press Q to lock. Use the child security door locks . Press K to unlock. whenever children are occupying the rear seats.
The child security rear door locks prevent the rear doors from being The side steps provide an extra opened from the inside. foothold for accessing the front or rear doors. Rotate the switch using a key or suitable screwdriver. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 23 Doors Note Closing Adding heavy accessories to the tailgate may affect its ability to Tailgate remain open. { Danger Opening
It can be very dangerous to drive with the tailgate open. Carbon monoxide (CO) gas can enter the vehicle. You cannot see or smell CO. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. If you must drive with the tailgate open, make sure all other Pull the interior handle downwards windows are closed and switch so the tailgate latches securely. the fan on to the highest speed Note using any setting that brings in Do not operate the touchpad button outside air. Doing this will force 1. Push the touchpad button on below the number plate while outside air into the vehicle. the tailgate. closing, as this will unlatch the tailgate or open it again. 2. Pull the handle upwards to open. Manual Tailgate Release Caution Note If the battery has been disconnected or is flat the tailgate unlock button Before opening the tailgate, check If the tailgate is open when the ignition is turned on, a message is will not operate. the area above and behind for displayed in the DIC and a chime obstructions, to avoid damage to sounds. the tailgate. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
24 Keys, Doors, and Windows Vehicle Security . If the alarm was triggered during alarm activation, the horn will sound three times and the Anti-theft Alarm System hazard warning flashers will The system monitors the doors, activate three times. ignition, bonnet and tailgate. Status LED The system is activated: . Thirty seconds after locking the vehicle. . Alternatively, by pressing Q a second time. To open the tailgate: The system is deactivated by: 1. Remove the interior trim cover from the central latch area. . Pressing " on the key. 2. Using a screwdriver, push Note inwards as far as possible and . If the driver's door is opened turn anticlockwise. manually, while the alarm is activated, the key needs to be inserted into the ignition within The status LED is located on top of 10 seconds to avoid triggering the instrument panel. the alarm. During the During the first 30 seconds of 10 seconds, the horn chirps and system activation: the hazard warning flashers activate to provide a warning. . LED illuminates (test, arming delay). . When the alarm is triggered, the horn sounds and the hazard warning flashers activate for 30 seconds. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 25
. LED flashes quickly (doors or . If A flashes or illuminates when Exterior Mirrors bonnet are not completely the ignition is on, there is a fault closed, or there is a system in the system. The engine Convex Mirrors fault). cannot be started. Turn the When the system is armed: ignition off and on again. The convex exterior mirrors provide a wider view of the road and traffic. . LED flashes slowly. If the control indicator continues to flash or illuminate, try to start If a fault occurs, contact a Holden the engine using the spare key. { Warning Dealer. Have the vehicle checked by a Objects seen in these mirrors are Immobiliser Holden Dealer. closer than they appear. The immobiliser prevents Note unauthorised engine starting. The immobiliser does not lock the Power Mirrors doors. . If an invalid key is inserted into the ignition switch/lock, an See Instrument Panel indicator on the instrument panel Overview 0 63. will flash. The vehicle will not start. . The engine is automatically immobilised after the key is turned to LOCK and has been removed from the ignition switch/lock. . Only valid ignition keys can be used to start the engine. Adjust the driver’s or passenger’s side mirror. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
26 Keys, Doors, and Windows
L: Left side mirror selected When the vehicle is parked, the If one mirror has been manually R: Right side mirror selected mirrors may be folded flat against extended or folded, the other mirror the side of the vehicle. can be extended or folded ): No mirrors selected electronically by pressing the Electric Folding To adjust an exterior mirror: fourway switch down. The vehicle may have electric Note 1. Push the switch to L or R. folding mirrors. If both mirrors are folded, push the 2. Press the directional switch to four-way switch down to guarantee adjust the angle of the mirror. the correct unfold position before driving. Folding Mirrors Manual Folding { Warning The vehicle may have manual Always keep your mirrors properly folding mirrors. adjusted, and use them while driving to increase your visibility of objects and other vehicles around you. Do not drive while either outside rear view mirror is folded back. Press the selector switch (L / R switch) to the central position ● then push the four-way switch down. Both exterior mirrors will fold. Press the four-way switch down again – both exterior mirrors return to their original position. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27 Interior Mirrors To reduce headlamp glare from Windows following vehicles, pull the lever on Manual Rearview Mirror the underside of the mirror housing. Power Windows Manual Anti-glare Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror { Warning (If equipped) Take care when operating the power windows. Risk of injury, particularly to children. If there are children on the rear seats, switch on the child safety system for the power windows. Be careful when closing the windows. Ensure that nothing becomes trapped in them as they move.
Caution Power windows can be operated.
The inner rear view mirror can be Headlamp glare from following . With ignition on. moved in four directions, so be vehicles at night is automatically . Within 10 minutes after switching cautious and avoid the contact reduced. to position 1 – ignition off. with the sun visors. Adjust all After switching off the ignition, mirrors in the most effective window operation is disabled when position before starting to drive any door is opened. the vehicle. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows
To stop the window at the desired the window can still close on an position while the window is in object in its path. Use care when automatic operation, pull up or using the override mode. press down and release the switch to the same direction of the { Warning movement. Body parts outside the vehicle Anti-pinch Function can be struck by passing objects. If the windows encounters any Keep all parts of the body inside resistance during auto closing, it will vehicle. stop immediately and open again. Children can operate and become entrapped in power windows. Operate the switch for each { Warning respective window by pushing to Do not leave your keys or open or pulling to close. The switch Anti-pinch function may not unattended children in your car. operate after consecutive uses. for the driver's window has a light Serious injury or death can occur Do not operate the window switch which signals, through illumination, from misuse of power windows. the operation readiness. with no purpose. Auto Up/Down Override Safety Function Pressure Relief To fully open the window In an emergency, the anti-pinch To reduce front door closing effort, automatically, press the switch fully when a front door is opened its feature can be overridden in a down. To fully close the window respective closed window will supervised mode. Hold the window automatically, pull the switch fully automatically lower several up. In automatic operation, the switch all the way up to the second position. The window will rise for as centimetres. Once the door is window will fully open or close even closed, the window will raise if you let go of the switch. long as the switch is held. Once the switch is released, the express automatically. mode is re-activated. In this mode, Should a window fail to close a horn chirp may sound. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 29
Child Safety System for Initialising the Power Windows Heated Rear Window Windows If the windows cannot be closed automatically (e.g. after disconnecting the vehicle battery), activate the window electronics as follows: 1. Switch the ignition on. 2. Press the button for 2 seconds to move the window down. 3. Press the button to move the window up and close it completely. Keep holding the switch pulled for additional Electronic Control 2 seconds after the window Press switch v to deactivate the regulator stops at the top Operated by pressing the K button. power windows of the rear doors. position. The other power windows can be operated by switches on the driver's door. Overload If the windows are repeatedly operated within short intervals, the window operation is disabled for some time. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
30 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Caution (Continued) { Warning
Do not scratch or damage the Do not place the sun visor in such defroster wires when you clean or a position that it reduces visibility work around the rear window. of the roadway, traffic or other objects. Sun Visors Assist grips
Manual Control Operated by pressing the + button. Heating works with the engine running and is switched off automatically after a short time or by pressing the button again. The LED lights up to indicate that it is on. . The sun visors can be folded Caution down or folded outwards over The vehicle may have assist grips. the side window, to prevent Assist grips are located above glare. . Do not use sharp instruments or the doors to assist passengers abrasive window cleaners on your . If the sun visor has a mirror, getting in and out of the vehicle. vehicle's rear window. close the cover when driving. . The assist grips above each rear (Continued) door may include a coat hook. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31
{ Warning
Do not hold onto the assist grips while seated in the vehicle. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
32 Seats and Restraints Curtain Airbag System ...... 48 Head Restraints Seats and Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 49 Restraints { Warning Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems ...... 49 This safety feature is not intended Head Restraints Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 52 to rest the head upon. It is solely Head Restraints ...... 32 ISOFIX Child Restraint for the reduction of whiplash neck Front Seats Systems ...... 53 movement in an accident Seat Position ...... 34 Top-Tether Child Restraint involving your vehicle. Systems ...... 53 Seat Adjustment ...... 34 The centre of the head restraint Power Seat Adjustment ...... 35 should be at eye level, never at Heated Front Seats ...... 36 neck level. Rear Seats Rear Seats ...... 37 Second Row Seats ...... 37 Third Row Seats ...... 39 Seat Belts Seat Belts ...... 41 Three-Point Seat Belt ...... 43 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 44 Safety Belt Care ...... 44 Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash ...... 45 Airbag System Airbag System ...... 45 Front Airbag System ...... 46 Side Airbag System ...... 47 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 33
Height Adjustment Height Adjustment Second Row Seats Head Restraints on Front Seats
. Pull the head restraint up. . To move down, press the locking button and push the head . Pull the head restraint up. . Pull the head restraint up. restraint downwards. . To move down, press the locking . To move down, press the locking button and push the head button and push the head restraint downwards. restraint downwards. Head Restraints on Rear Seats
{ Warning
The centre of the head restraint should be at eye level, never at neck level. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
34 Seats and Restraints Height Adjustment Third Row Front Seats . Adjust the seat so that your legs Seats are slightly angled when against Seat Position the pedals. . Adjust the backrest angle to easily reach the steering wheel { Warning with arms slightly bent. See 0 To avoid reducing the Steering Wheel Adjustment 64. effectiveness of seat belts, . Maintain contact between seatbacks should only be upright shoulders and the backrest or at most semi-reclined when the when turning the steering wheel. vehicle is moving. . Adjust the head restraint. See Head Restraints 0 32. . Slide the passenger seat as far back as possible. . Pull the head restraint up. . To move down, press the locking Seat Adjustment button and push the head restraint downwards. { Danger
Do not sit nearer than 25 cm from the steering wheel, to allow safe airbag deployment.
. Sit centrally in the seat. . Use the backrest and cushion for support. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 35
Try to move the seat back and forth Seat Height { Warning to ensure the seat is locked in The vehicle may have seat height place. Do not adjust the driver's seat adjustment. when the vehicle is moving as the Seat Backrests seat could move suddenly causing the driver to lose control.
Seat Positioning
. To lower the seat cushion, push 1. Recline the seatback by pulling the lever down several times. the lever. . To raise the seat cushion, pull 2. Adjust the angle and release the lever up several times. the lever. 1. Move the seat forwards or 3. Allow the seat to engage. Power Seat Adjustment backwards by lifting the handle Seat Positioning at the front and sliding the seat. Note Do not lean on the seat when The vehicle may have power seat 2. Release the handle to engage adjusting. adjustment. the latch. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
36 Seats and Restraints
. Recline the seatback by sliding the switch forwards or backwards. Seat Height
. Move the seat forwards or To warm the seat: backwards by sliding the switch. 1. Start the engine. Seat Backrests 2. Press the switch M. Low heat setting - 1 LED . To lower the seat cushion, push illuminates the switch downwards. High heat setting - 2 LEDs . To raise the seat cushion, pull illuminate the switch upwards. To turn the heater off: Heated Front Seats 1. Return the switch M to the The vehicle may have heated front centre position. seats. LEDs extinguish Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 37
{ Warning Rear Seats Caution
If you cannot feel temperature { Danger Do not trap the seat belt when change or pain to the skin, the returning the seatback to the seat heater may cause burns. To Ensure the rear seatbacks are upright position. reduce the risk of burns, people securely in place. with such a condition should use Ensure the head restraints are Second Row Seats care when using the seat heater, adjusted correctly. The centre of especially for long periods of the head restraint should be at time. Do not place anything on eye level, never at neck level. the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket, cushion, Do not adjust the rear seatback cover, or similar item. This may while the vehicle is moving. This cause the seat heater to could cause damage or injuries to overheat. An overheated seat the occupants. heater may cause a burn or may Do not allow passengers to sit on damage the seat. the folded seatbacks while the Do not fit any seat cover vehicle is in motion. Unrestrained (including genuine Holden luggage or passengers on a accessory covers) to heated folded seatback could be thrown within or ejected from the vehicle seats. To adjust the seat back: in a sudden stop or accident. 1. Pull the lever. Ensure all luggage and objects in the passenger compartment are 2. Adjust the seat back. secured. 3. Release the lever and allow the seat back to engage. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
38 Seats and Restraints
To allow access to the third row seats, fold the second row seats forwards: 1. Push the head restraints down to their lowest position.
4. Move the seat towards the { Warning front. When second row seats are being 5. Fold up against the front seats. adjusted, folded or tumbled, keep hands, arms, legs and feet away from moving parts. 2. Unhook the seat belts and Ensure seats are fully engaged return them to their stowed before driving. position. 3. Pull the release lever and fold the seat back forwards. Caution Caution Never sit on or place objects higher than the seats when they Never fold the seat backrest are in the tumbled position. when the seat belts are buckled or pulled out. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 39
Seat position instructions are To raise the second row seats: Caution displayed on the back of the seats. 1. Raise the seat back rearwards. Never fold the seat backrest when the seat belts are buckled or pulled out.
Note 2. Pull the release lever and raise . Do not place feet or legs on a the seat back until it engages. folded seat (1). 3. Adjust the head restraints. See . Do not keep the second row Head Restraints 0 32. folded when passengers are 3. Guide the seat belts through seated in the third row or while Third Row Seats the belt holders. the vehicle is moving (2). To fold the third row seats forwards: Note . Be careful when tumbling the If the third row seats are second row seats when 1. Push the head restraints down unoccupied, guide the seat belts passengers are seated in the to their lowest position. through the belt holders to avoid third row (3). 2. Unbuckle the seat belts and rattling while driving. . Correct position of the second return them to their stowed and third row seats when position. travelling (4). Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
40 Seats and Restraints
4. From the rear of the vehicle, 5. Push the seat back forwards. 2. From the rear of the vehicle, pull the strap and release. To raise the third row seats: pull the strap rearwards until the seat back engages. { Warning 1. Guide the seat belts through the belt holders. 3. Adjust the head restraints. See Head Restraints 0 32. Never hang or load any objects on pull straps of the third Row { Warning { Warning Seats. Ensure the seat belts are Removing second and/or third removed from the belt holders row seats is not recommended. when the seat is occupied. If the seats must be removed, contact a Holden Dealer. Incorrect disassembly may cause serious injuries. (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 41
Armrest Warning (Continued) Seat Belts
If a cargo barrier is installed, the third row seats should not be occupied.
Seat Positioning
Unfold the armrest by pulling downwards from the top. { Warning Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body, and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or . The correct seat configuration the pelvis, chest and shoulders, for passengers (1). as applicable; wearing the lap . This configuration should only section of the belt across the be used for access to the third abdominal area must be avoided. row seats (2). (Continued) . The correct configuration for cargo placement (3). Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
42 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) { Warning
Seat belts should be adjusted as or prevent the seat belt assembly Incorrect handling (e.g. removal firmly as possible, consistent with from being adjusted to remove or fitting of belts or belt buckles) comfort, to provide the protection slack. can deploy the belt tensioners for which they have been The belts lock during heavy with risk of injury. designed. A slack belt will greatly acceleration or deceleration for reduce the protection afforded to the safety of the occupants. . When the belt tensioners have the wearer. been deployed, 9 illuminates on Care should be taken to avoid Note the instrument panel. See Safety contamination of the webbing with 0 Make sure that the belts are neither Belt Reminders 72. polishes, oils and chemicals, and damaged by shoes or sharp-edged . Deployed belt tensioners must particularly battery acid. objects or trapped. Prevent dirt from be replaced. getting into the belt retractors. Belts should not be worn with . Belt tensioners are only straps twisted. Belt Force Limiters triggered once. Each belt assembly must only be On front seat three point belts, used by one occupant. It is stress on the body is reduced by the { Warning dangerous to put a belt around a gradual release of the belt during a Do not attach or install objects child being carried on the collision. occupant's lap. that may interfere with the Belt Tensioners operation of the belt tensioners. No modifications or additions should be made by the user In the event of a front, side or rear Do not make any modifications to which will either prevent the seat collision of a certain severity, the belt tensioner components. belt adjusting devices from driver's and/or front passenger's operating to remove slack, three point seat belts are tightened. (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 43
Three-Point Seat Belt Height Adjustment Fitting
Loose or bulky clothing hinders the belt from fitting snugly. Do not place objects such as handbags or mobile 1. Pull the belt out slightly. phones between the belt and 2. Pull the button. Withdraw the belt from the reel, your body. guide it untwisted across the body 3. Adjust height and engage. and engage the latch plate in the { Danger buckle. Tension the lap belt { Warning regularly while driving by tugging The belt must not rest against the shoulder belt. hard or fragile objects in the Adjust the height so that the belt pockets of your clothing. lies across the shoulder. It must not lie across the throat or upper arm. Do not adjust while driving. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
44 Seats and Restraints
Removing Safety Belt Use During Verify that the belts have no sign of deterioration or have not been Pregnancy jammed by a sharp object. { Warning Seat Belt hardware should be kept dry and free of dust or debris. As The lap belt must be positioned necessary, exterior hard surfaces as low as possible across the and seat belt webbing may be lightly pelvis to prevent pressure on the cleaned with mild soap and water. Ensure there is not excessive dust abdomen. or debris in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in the system please Seat belts work for everyone, see the dealer. Parts may need to including pregnant women. Like all be replaced to ensure proper occupants, they are more likely to functionality of the system. To release the belt, press the red be seriously injured if they do not button on the belt buckle. wear a seat belt. { Warning The belt will automatically return to A pregnant woman should wear a three point belt with the lap portion Care should be taken to avoid its original position, if required pull contamination of the webbing with the buckle downward and then of the belt worn as low as possible polishes, oils and chemicals, and release it, so that the belt will be below the rounding of their stomach, particularly battery acid. fully retracted. throughout the pregnancy. Safety Belt Care Seat Belts should be properly cared for and maintained. Do not make any changes to the seat belt system. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 45
Caution Airbag System Warning (Continued) When deployed, airbags inflate . The complete belt system within milliseconds. They also Do not use a rearward facing should be inspected and deflate so quickly that it is often child restraint on a seat protected verified by a technician on a unnoticeable during the collision. by an airbag in front of it! regular basis. The child could be seriously . The seat belt, which was { Danger injured if the airbag inflates, as exposed to an accident, has the child's head would be very to be replaced by a Do not make any modifications to close to the inflating airbag. new one. the airbag system. Remember that it is safest for The driver should sit back as far children to be seated in the rear Replacing Safety Belt as possible while still maintaining seats. See Child Restraint System Parts after a control of the vehicle. Sitting too Systems 0 49. close to the airbag can cause Crash death or serious injury when it inflates. { Warning { Warning Always wear a seat belt. It is essential to replace the entire Airbags are part of the assembly after it has been worn supplemental restraint system in a severe impact even if { Warning (SRS) as they assist, but do not damage to the assembly is not replace seat belts. Airbags do not obvious. WARNING – EXTREME deploy in every accident. Various HAZARD! factors dictate whether they (Continued) deploy including speed, angle of collision and object hit. Airbags are not designed to inflate if the (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
46 Seats and Restraints
Front Airbag System Warning (Continued) { Warning
vehicle is hit from the rear or is The horn pad must not be involved in a rollover. Seat belts covered with adhesive or any must be worn by all passengers other material. whenever the vehicle is moving. The driver should adjust the seat Airbags inflate with great force. as far rearward as possible while If you are too close to an inflating still maintaining control of the airbag it may cause injury. vehicle. Seat belts help keep you in position for airbag inflation in the event of a collision. { Warning
The front airbag system consists of Do not place any objects on or See Airbag and Seat Belt Tensioner one airbag in the steering wheel, Light 0 73. over the instrument panel or one in the instrument panel on the between an airbag and yourself. passenger's side and a knee airbag in the lower part of the driver's side Do not hang anything from the instrument panel. sun visor or mirror. These can be identified by the word Passengers must not rest their AIRBAG. feet on the instrument panel. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 47
Side Airbag System
Front airbags will inflate in certain SIAB deploy in most, but not all, severe frontal or near frontal severe side impacts. impacts. Front airbags are not Side Impact Airbags (SIAB) are Because there is limited time designed to inflate if the vehicle is stored in the sides of the front seats, available to detect some side struck from the side, rear or in the side closest to the door. impacts, it is not possible to deploy rollovers. Always wear a seat belt. SIAB are identified by the labels the SIAB in all serious accidents. with the words SRS AIRBAG on A SIAB will deploy in certain severe the seatback. side impacts. SIAB are not designed to inflate if the vehicle is struck from the front, rear, or in rollovers. Always wear a seat belt. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
48 Seats and Restraints
Curtain Airbag System { Warning
Do not fit unauthorised seat covers as they may impair the deployment of the Side Impact Airbags (SIAB). Do not position your body or any object (including pillows) between front seats and doors. Do not lean on, or sleep against, the door. Always sit centrally in . The curtain airbags deploy in the seat. most, but not all severe side Always wear a seat belt. . Curtain airbags are stored in the impacts. roof on each side of the vehicle. . The risk of injury to the head in . They can be identified by the the event of a side impact is word AIRBAG on the roof pillars. considerably reduced. { Warning
Do not position your body or any object (including pillows) in the area in which the airbag inflates. There must be no objects in the area in which the airbag inflates. Refer to the illustration. (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 49 The airbag system should also be Child Restraints Warning (Continued) inspected after an accident if: Use the hooks above the doors . The instrument panel area or Child Restraint Systems only to hang up light articles of steering wheel is scratched, cracked or damaged. clothing. { Warning Do not place any objects in the . The front seats and upholstery pockets of the hanging items. are damaged. WARNING – EXTREME HAZARD! Do not hold onto the assist grips . The headliner or trim panels are damaged. (above the doors) while seated in Do not use a rearward facing the vehicle. It is recommended that this work be child restraint on a seat protected carried out by a Holden Dealer or by an airbag in front of it! Do not lean on, or sleep against approved repairer. the front or rear doors. Always sit The child could be seriously centrally in the seat. injured if the airbag inflates, as the child's head would be very Always wear a seat belt. close to the inflating airbag. Remember that it is safest for Replacing Airbag System children to be seated in the rear Parts after a Crash seats. Note After an accident where airbags have deployed, the systems, associated parts and hardware must be checked and replaced as required. Seats, associated parts and hardware must also be checked and replaced as required. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
50 Seats and Restraints
When engaged, this feature Warning (Continued) prevents the seat belt from being loosened without releasing the Holden strongly recommends that buckle. you refer to your specific State or Territory regulations to determine To engage: which child restraint and seat 1. Clip the metal tongue into the location is suitable for your child. buckle. 2. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set { Warning the lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be Always ensure that the seat belt tightened but not pulled out of { Warning fits firmly around the child the retractor. restraint, as applicable to the type This manual provides you with 3. To tighten the belt around the of restraint used. general information concerning installed child seat, push down child restraints only. If a child cannot see out of the on the child restraint, pull the window, do not raise him/her by shoulder portion of the belt to The driver is required by law to means of an ordinary cushion. tighten the lap portion of the ensure that passengers are belt and feed the shoulder belt It will not stay in place in a suitably restrained. In most States back into the retractor. collision and the child can slip out and Territories of Australia and of the straps and become 4. Try to pull the belt out of the New Zealand, specific laws may entangled. retractor to make sure the exist which require children to be retractor is locked. If the seated in approved child retractor is not locked, repeat restraints and/or in certain Child Restraint Seat Belt Steps 2 to 4. locations within the vehicle. Locking Feature 5. To remove, press the release (Continued) The second row seat belts have a button on the buckle and allow child restraint locking feature. the belt to fully retract. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 51
Selecting the Right System Young Children Booster Seats Infants
Forward facing child seats are for Booster seats are for when children use when the child is able to sit and outgrow a typical forward facing Rearward facing infant capsules are easily hold their head upright. child seat, but are still too small for designed so that in the event of a three point seat belts. collision, impact forces will be evenly spread over the baby's back, with minimal jarring to the { Warning vulnerable head and neck area. Always move the passenger’s seat as far back as it will go before installing a booster seat. This locates the child as far from the passenger’s airbag as possible. (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
52 Seats and Restraints
. The lap belt rests low and snug Warning (Continued) across the hips, not across the Warning (Continued) stomach. Remember that it is safest for purchase a child restraint which children to be seated in the rear . The sash belt is centred on the carries the appropriate Standards seats. shoulder and chest. Australia sticker of approval. . They are able to stay seated like Australian States and Territories Older Children this for the entire trip. and New Zealand have laws restricting the seating of children Where to Put the in the front passenger seat. In Restraint most jurisdictions, children under 4 years should not be seated in { Warning the front passenger seat. Check your local road safety regulations It is safest for children to be before seating a child in the seated in the rear seats. front seat. Only child restraints that have Where legally allowable, you may clips to attach to the vehicle's install a forward-facing child anchorage fittings are to be used. restraint in the front seat, but Earlier types of child restraints always move the passenger seat may not attach securely to this as far back as it will go. A child should use a normal three type of anchor. point seat belt only when: Child restraint anchorages are Use only Standards Australia and . They can sit against the back of designed to withstand only those New Zealand approved child the rear seat with knees bent loads imposed by correctly fitted comfortably at the edge of restraints and harnesses. Only child restraints. Under no the seat. (Continued) circumstances are they to be (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 53
ISOFIX Child Restraint top-tether straps to the top-tether Warning (Continued) anchorage points. See Top-Tether Systems Child Restraint Systems 0 53. used for adult seat belts, harnesses, or for attaching other Top-Tether Child items or equipment to the vehicle. Restraint Systems Child restraints located in the second row must be attached to the child restraint anchorage points, located behind the second row rear seat backs. Do not place child restraints on the third row seats.
Note If unsure about installing a child Fasten vehicle-approved ISOFIX restraint, contact an approved child restraint systems to the restraint fitting station or a Holden ISOFIX mounting brackets. Dealer. Note A. Front of vehicle Ensure that seat belt buckles are placed out of the way of the The child restraint tether anchors child seat. are located at the rear of the second row rear seats in line with the three, ISOFIX mounting brackets are second row seating positions. indicated by a label on the seatback, as shown. In addition to Note the ISOFIX mounting, fasten the Use the child restraint anchors for their designed purpose only. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
54 Seats and Restraints
Single Tether Anchor Double Tether Anchor Secure the child in the restraint in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. If unsure about installing a child restraint anchor fitting, contact an approved restraint fitting station or a Holden Dealer.
Note Note If the child restraint has a single If the child restraint has a double tether anchor, lift the headrest and tether anchor, lift the headrest and pass the tether anchor between the pass the tether anchor around the headrest rods. headrest rods. Child restraint installation When using a child restraint, read the installation instructions supplied with the child restraint and follow the directions for fitment carefully. The child restraint system should be secured in conjunction with the vehicle's seat belt. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Storage 55 Storage Storage Front Storage Compartments Storage Compartments Instrument Panel Storage ...... 55 Instrument Panel Storage Glove Box ...... 56 Cupholders ...... 56 Sunglasses Storage ...... 57 Armrest Storage ...... 57 Rear Storage ...... 58 Additional Storage Features Boot Cover ...... 58 Roof Rack System Roof Rack System ...... 60 A storage compartment is located within each door. Information on Loading the Vehicle Information on Loading the Instrument panel upper storage. Vehicle ...... 61 Caution
Do not leave glasses, CDs, CD cases or flammable items, e.g. cigarette lighter, in the tray when the vehicle is parked in direct sun exposure or at high ambient temperatures as the tray may become very hot. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
56 Storage
A bottle holder is located at the front Glove Box Cupholders of the door storage compartment. { Warning
To avoid scalding, never place hot drinks in the cup holders. Do not place uncovered containers of liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion.
To open, pull the handle. The vehicle may have a storage compartment located between the front seats. { Warning To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or a sudden stop, always keep the glovebox door closed while driving.
The vehicle may have cupholders located in the centre console, between the front seats. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Storage 57
Cupholders are located at each side Armrest Storage of the third row. Sunglasses Storage
Cupholders are located in the second row armrest. To access, fold the armrest down. Press the latch and lift the armrest lid upward.
To open : Push the rear part of the cover. To close : Pull up cover and push it until it latches into place. Do not use it to storing heavy objects. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
58 Storage Rear Storage Storage compartments are located Additional Storage in the third row. Third Row Storage Features Load Compartment Storage Box Boot Cover The vehicle may have a load compartment cover.
{ Warning
Do not place any items on top of the cargo blind. Do not allow any items underneath to contact the cargo blind.
. To open, lift the lid. . The load compartment cover can be stored inside the storage box when not in use. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Storage 59
3. Insert the cover into the recess on the driver’s side. 4. Insert the cover into the recess on the passenger’s side to engage.
1. Guide the seat belts through To extend the cover: the belt holders. 6. Use the handle to pull the cover rearwards. 7. Engage the cover in the latches on either side. 5. Push the cover forwards and To retract the cover: engage it in the hooks on the 8. Use the handle to pull the back of the second row seats. cover rearwards slightly. 9. Gently roll the cover up while holding the handle.
To install the cover: 2. Fold the third row of seats. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
60 Storage Roof Rack System . Distribute the load evenly and secure tightly with straps. . When carrying loads on the roof rack (elevated load), avoid hard braking, abrupt swerving or sharp steering. Roof rack elevated loads alter the vehicle's road handling.
{ Warning To remove the cover: 13. Retract the cover. 10. Retract the cover. 14. Ensure the top is facing The total elevated load, including upwards, then insert the cover the weight of the cross bars, must 11. Pull the bar at each side of the into the recess on the not exceed 100 kg. cover towards the centre. passenger’s side. Distribute the load evenly. 12. Lift and remove the cover from 15. Insert the cover into the recess the side recesses. on the driver’s side to engage. Note To stow the cover: Note The weight of the cross bars and When not in use, stow the Pull the cover handle rearwards to the load must be included when cover in the recess in the load fit the cover into the storage box calculating the total vehicle load. compartment storage box. and allow the lid to close. 16. To release the cover remove one side of the cover, then the other side. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Storage 61 Information on See Vehicle Weight 0 275. . Do not place any objects on the Loading the Vehicle instrument panel. { Danger . Ensure the backrests are securely engaged. Do not stack objects higher than . Do not place unsecured objects the front seats. in the passenger compartment. Do not allow passengers to sit on the folded seatbacks while the vehicle is in motion. Serious injuries or death can result.
. Secure objects to prevent from sliding or being thrown out. . Distribute load weight evenly. . Adjust the tyre pressures and vehicle speed according to the load conditions. Check and retighten the straps frequently. See Tyre Pressure 0 278. . Place heavier objects at the bottom. . Do not drive with the tailgate open. . Do not exceed the maximum load weights. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
62 Instruments and Controls
Charging System Light ...... 73 Information Displays Instruments and Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 73 Driver Information Controls Brake and Clutch System Centre (DIC) ...... 78 Warning Light ...... 73 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Vehicle Messages Instrument Panel Overview Warning Light ...... 74 Vehicle Messages ...... 79 Warning Chimes ...... 79 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 63 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 74 Descent Control System ...... 74 Battery Voltage and Charging Controls Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Messages ...... 79 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 64 Light ...... 75 Brake System Messages ...... 80 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 65 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 75 Cruise Control Messages ...... 80 Horn ...... 65 Electronic Stability Control Door Ajar Messages ...... 80 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 66 (ESC) Indicator Light ...... 75 Engine Cooling System Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . 67 Electronic Stability Control Messages ...... 80 Power Outlets ...... 68 (ESC) Off Light ...... 75 Engine Oil Messages ...... 81 Traction Control System Engine Power Messages ...... 81 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Warning Light ...... 75 Fuel System Messages ...... 81 Indicators Traction Control System (TCS) Diesel Particulate Filter Warning Lights, Gauges, and Off Light ...... 76 Messages ...... 81 Indicators ...... 69 Pre-Heat Light ...... 76 Key and Lock Messages ...... 82 Speedometer ...... 69 Tire Pressure Monitoring Lamp Messages ...... 82 Odometer ...... 70 System Light ...... 76 Object Detection System Trip Odometer ...... 70 Engine Oil Pressure Light ...... 76 Messages ...... 82 Tachometer ...... 70 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 77 Ride Control System Fuel Gauge ...... 70 Immobiliser Light ...... 77 Messages ...... 82 Engine Coolant Temperature High-Beam On Light ...... 77 Airbag System Messages ...... 82 Gauge ...... 71 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 77 Anti-theft Alarm System Turn Signal ...... 71 Rear Fog Light (If equipped) . . . 77 Messages ...... 82 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 72 Lamps On Reminder ...... 77 Service Vehicle Messages . . . . . 83 Airbag and Seat Belt Tensioner Cruise Control Light ...... 78 Steering System Messages . . . . 83 Light ...... 73 Trailer Indicator Light ...... 78 Tyre Messages ...... 83 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 63 Transmission Messages ...... 84 Instrument Panel Overview Vehicle Reminder Messages . . . 85 Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 85 Trip Computer Trip Computer ...... 85 Vehicle Personalisation Vehicle Personalisation ...... 88
Note 4. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Not all indicators may be available. Warning Light 0 74 1. Engine Oil Pressure Light 0 76 5. Cruise Control Light 0 78 2. Malfunction Indicator 6. Safety Belt Reminders 0 72 0 Lamp 73 7. Turn Signal 0 71 3. Electronic Stability Control 8. Electronic Stability Control 0 (ESC) Off Light 75 (ESC) Indicator Light 0 75 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
64 Instruments and Controls
9. Vehicle Ahead Indicator 0 75 25. Airbag and Seat Belt Tensioner 0 Controls 10. Brake and Clutch System Light 73 Warning Light 0 73 26. Trailer Indicator Light 0 78 Steering Wheel 11. Traction Control System 27. Pre-Heat Light 0 76 Adjustment 0 Warning Light 75 28. Rear Fog Light 12. Safety Belt Reminders 0 72 (If equipped) 0 77 13. Charging System Light 0 73 29. Front Fog Lamp Light 0 77 14. Fuel Gauge 0 70 15. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 71 16. Driver Information Centre (DIC) 0 78 17. Lamps On Reminder 0 77 18. Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 74 19. Lane Departure Warning 0 Unlock the lever, adjust the steering (LDW) Light 75 wheel, then engage the lever and 20. Descent Control System ensure it is fully locked. 0 (DCS) 202 Do not adjust steering wheel unless 21. Turn Signal 0 71 vehicle is stationary and steering wheel lock has been released. 22. High-Beam On Light 0 77 23. Tire Pressure Monitoring System Light 0 76 24. Immobiliser Light 0 77 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 65
Steering Wheel Controls Horn
The Cruise Control and the Forward Collision Alert can be operated by the controls on the steering wheel. The infotainment system can be Press a. operated by the controls on the See Cruise Control 0 204. steering wheel. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) See Steering Wheel Controls 0 100. System 0 206. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
66 Instruments and Controls
Windshield Wiper/Washer HI : Continuous wipe, fast speed Automatic wiping with rain sensor (If equipped) Windscreen Wiper For a single wipe of the windscreen when the windscreen wipers are off, INT : automatic wiping with rain push the lever upwards. sensor Adjustable Wiper Interval The rain sensor detects the amount of water on the windscreen and automatically regulates the frequency of the windscreen wiper. Adjustable sensitivity of the rain sensor (If equipped)
Caution
Do not operate the windscreen wipers on dry glass or when During intermittent operation, adjust covered with snow or ice, as this the wiper interval: will damage the rubber and . For frequent intervals, rotate the scratch the glass. wheel downwards. . For longer intervals, rotate the Turn the adjuster wheel to adjust the 1x : Single wipe wheel upwards. sensitivity: OFF : Off Low sensitivity : Turn adjuster INT : Intermittent operation wheel upwards LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 67
High sensitivity : Turn adjuster sensitivity when the ignition is wheel downwards switched on, the windscreen wipers Caution operate once to check the system. Do not operate the windscreen Caution Windscreen Washer washer for more than a few Switch off the windscreen wiper seconds or when the washer fluid and automatic operation with rain reservoir is empty. sensor in car washes. Do not spray washer fluid on the windscreen in freezing weather. Switch the wipers off when in a car wash.
Rear Window Wiper/ Washer
Pull the lever rearwards to wash the windscreen. Washer fluid is sprayed onto the windscreen and the wipers operate. Keep the sensor free from dust, dirt and ice. If you move the wiper to rain sensor mode or turn the adjuster wheel from low sensitivity to high Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
68 Instruments and Controls
To activate the rear window wiper/ Note Power Outlets washer: The rear window wiper comes on . Press the lower position for automatically when the windscreen continuous operation. wiper is on and reverse gear is engaged. See Auto wipe in reverse . Press the upper position for gear under Vehicle intermittent operation. Personalisation 0 88. . Return to the middle position to turn off. Caution
Do not use the rear window wiper/washer if the rear window is frozen. Switch the wipers off when in a car wash.
To wash the rear window: . Push the lever forwards. Washer fluid is sprayed onto the rear window and the wipers operate. The 12V power outlets are located in front of the shift lever and at the rear of the centre console. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 69 . Do not exceed the maximum Warning Lights, power consumption of 120 watts. . The power outlet is deactivated Gauges, and 10 minutes after the ignition is Indicators turned off or a door is opened. The following warning lights and . The power outlet does not reminders may appear on the operate if the battery voltage instrument panel. is low. A chime sounds with most warning . Do not connect electrical lights and indicators. charging devices or batteries. Speedometer A power outlet is located on the passenger side of the load compartment. Pull the cap outwards to use and replace when not in use.
{ Warning
It is dangerous for the driver of a vehicle to attach or remove accessories from the power socket while driving. It may distract the driver's attention, putting the occupants of the Shows vehicle speed in kilometres vehicle and other road users per hour (km/h). at risk. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
70 Instruments and Controls
Odometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge
Shows distance travelled in Shows engine speed in thousands Shows the level of fuel in the tank. kilometres. of revolutions per minute (RPM). If the fuel level is low: Drive at a low engine speed/range Trip Odometer for each gear, as much as possible. . . illuminates. The Trip display shows the current . A chime sounds. distance travelled since the last { Warning . A message is displayed. Refuel reset of the trip odometer. immediately. Do not allow the needle to remain See Trip Computer 0 85. in the warning/red zone. { Danger
Before refuelling, stop the vehicle and switch the engine off. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 71
Note Engine Coolant See Driver Information Centre 0 . The arrow on the fuel gauge Temperature Gauge (DIC) 78. symbol indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. { Warning . Never run the tank dry. Do not continue driving with the . If you operate the ignition switch temperature gauge needle in the while refuelling, the fuel gauge red area. The engine is too hot. may not indicate the correct fuel level. Continued operation of an overheated engine will result in . On inclines, the fuel gauge may severe engine damage. See not indicate the correct fuel level Engine Coolant 0 233. due to movement of the fuel in the tank. Turn Signal Shows the engine coolant . Push the lever in the same temperature. direction the steering wheel is turned. Left area : Regular operating temperature not yet reached . G flashes. Central area : Normal operating G also flashes when the temperature hazard warning is activated. Right area : Temperature too high . If G flashes quickly, see Bulb If the engine is too hot, the gauge Replacement 0 238. pointer will move toward the red 0 area, a warning chime will activate, See Fuses 244 and Turn and 0 and the Driver Information Center Lane-Change Signals 93. will also display a message. Seek the assistance of a Holden Dealer. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
72 Instruments and Controls
Safety Belt Reminders If the driver seat belt is already If the passenger seat belt is fastened, neither the control buckled, neither the chime nor the indicator nor the chime comes on. light comes on. See Seat Belts 0 41. The front passenger seat belt If Seat Belt Reminder is active the warning light and chime may turn on Rear Parking Assistance chime will if an object is put on the seat such not operate. as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic > for driver's seat illuminates or Passenger Safety Belt device. To turn off the warning light flashes red. Reminder (If equipped) and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the When the ignition is switched on, seat belt. this control indicator is activated and remains active for some seconds, to Rear Passenger Safety Belt remind the driver to fasten the Reminder (If equipped) seat belt. Soon after the ignition is switched on or the engine is started, the for passenger's seat illuminates control indicator begins to flash, and C or flashes red. also a chime sounds, for a few seconds. Then the control indicator When the vehicle is started this light stops flashing and illuminates until flashes and a chime may sound to the driver seat belt is fastened. remind passengers to fasten their >>> for rear passenger's seat seat belt. Then the light stays on Additionally, if the driver remains appears on Driver Information solid until the belt is buckled. with the seat belt unfastened while Center. the vehicle is moving, after reaching This cycle continues several times if When the ignition is turned on, the a specific distance or speed, a the passenger remains or becomes symbols will be displayed in the chime sounds and the control unbuckled while the vehicle is lower part of the DIC. If a rear seat indicator flashes for several moving. belt is buckled, the corresponding seconds. symbol will dim. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 73
Once the vehicle is travelling over See Seat Belts 0 41 and Airbag . If the * warning light 0 10 km/h for approximately System 45. illuminates or flashes while 10 seconds, the symbols will driving, there is a problem with extinguish. If a rear seat belt is Charging System Light the emission monitoring system. unbuckled whilst driving, a chime Contact a Holden Dealer. will sound and the corresponding . The " warning light illuminates symbol will flash in the DIC. for a short time when the ignition . The * warning light may also is turned on to show that the illuminate to indicate there is a Airbag and Seat Belt light is working. malfunction in the Diesel Particle Tensioner Light " Filter (DPF). Contact a Holden . If the warning light Dealer. illuminates while the engine is . The warning light illuminates 9 running, there is a problem with . To avoid serious damage to the for a short time when the ignition the charging system: vehicle, reduce vehicle speed, is turned on to show that the avoid hard acceleration, avoid light is working. 1. Stop the vehicle and switch off steep uphill gradients and if the engine. towing a trailer, reduce the . If the 9 warning light does not 2. Contact a Holden Dealer. amount of cargo as soon as illuminate, does not extinguish possible. after few seconds or illuminates while driving, there is a problem Malfunction with the airbag or belt tensioner Indicator Lamp Brake and Clutch System system. Warning Light . The * warning light $ illuminates red. { Warning illuminates when the ignition is turned on to show that the light Illuminates when the parking brake Have any fault in the airbag or is working. is applied, if the brake fluid level is belt tensioner system repaired too low, or if there is a brake system 0 immediately by a Holden Dealer. failure, see Brake Fluid 235. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
74 Instruments and Controls
Antilock Brake System Four-Wheel-Drive Light { Danger (ABS) Warning Light C The four-wheel-drive light comes If the brake system warning light on when the transfer case is shifted The ! warning light illuminates illuminates, check the brake fluid . into four-wheel drive and the front level and contact an authorised for a short time when the ignition axle engages. dealer immediately. is turned on to show that the light is working. Some delay between the shifting If the brake fluid level in the and the light coming on is normal. If the light: reservoir is low, do not drive the See Four-Wheel Drive. vehicle. . Does not flash or stays on when the ignition key is turned on. This may mean your brakes are Descent Control System not working properly. Driving with . Remains on while driving. malfunctioning brakes can cause Carefully stop the vehicle and personal injuries and damage to turn off the engine. your vehicle and other property. . If both the ! and the $ warning lights illuminate, there is Illuminates after the ignition is a problem with both the ABS switched on if the manual parking and the regular brakes. brake is applied, see Parking 5 illuminates or flashes green. Brake 0 200. Contact a Holden Dealer Flashes to indicate that the Descent immediately. If the parking brake has not been Control (DCS) is activated, reducing fully released and the vehicle is Note the vehicle’s speed. This will moving, after reaching a certain . The vehicle's brakes will still happen in speeds between speed, the chime comes on and the operate but without the approximately 7 km/h and 30 km/h Driver Information Centre also assistance of the ABS. (manual transmission) or approximately 4 km/h and 30 km/h displays a message, see Driver . See Antilock Brake System 0 (automatic transmission). Information Centre (DIC) 78. (ABS) 0 199. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 75
Illuminates after pressing the 5 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . See Driver Information Centre 0 button to indicate that the system is (DIC) 78 and Electronic V If equipped, this indicator will Stability Control (ESC) 0 201. enabled if vehicle speed is below display green when a vehicle is than 50 km/h. detected ahead. Electronic Stability See Descent Control System 0 The indicator will display yellow Control (ESC) Off Light (DCS) 202. when you are following a detected vehicle ahead much too closely. Lane Departure Warning . The g warning light illuminates See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) for a short time when the ignition (LDW) Light System 0 206. is turned on to show that the @ If equipped, this light, located in light is working. the center of the instrument panel, Electronic Stability . If the light does not illuminate, comes on briefly while starting the Control (ESC) Indicator contact a Holden Dealer. vehicle. Light . g illuminates when the ESC is If it does not come on, have the deactivated. vehicle serviced. . The G warning light illuminates for a short time when the ignition . See Driver Information Centre This light is green if LDW is on and 0 is turned on to show that the (DIC) 78 and Electronic ready to operate. 0 light is working. Stability Control (ESC) 201. This light changes to yellow and flashes to indicate that the lane . The light flashes while driving, to Traction Control System show that the ESC is actively marking has been crossed without Warning Light using a turn signal in that direction. helping the vehicle with road grip and stability. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 215. . If the light illuminates or does not extinguish while driving, contact a Holden Dealer immediately. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
76 Instruments and Controls
G illuminates or flashes yellow. Illuminates when the system is When the Light Is On Steady deactivated. Illuminates This indicates that one or more of See Traction Control System the tyres are significantly Illuminates for a few seconds after (TCS) 0 201. underinflated. the ignition is switched on. If the A Driver Information Centre (DIC) system is working normally, the Pre-Heat Light control indicator goes out. tyre pressure message may also . When the ignition key is turned display. See Tyre Messages 0 83. If the indicator does not go out after ON, K illuminates and will stay Stop as soon as possible, and a few seconds, there is a fault in the inflate the tires to the pressure value illuminated until the engine is system. It is possible to keep driving shown on the Tire and Loading sufficiently warmed. without Traction Control System Information label. See Tyre (TCS) activated. . The preheating system switches Pressure 0 250. Have the cause of the fault fixed by on only if the outside temperature is low. When the Light Flashes First and a Holden dealer. Then Is On Steady . See Starting the Engine 0 189. Flashes If the light flashes for about a minute During ESC, TCS and/or TSC Tire Pressure Monitoring and then stays on, there may be a activation the DIC indicator will problem with the TPMS. If the flash. System Light problem is not corrected, the light 7 For vehicles with the Tyre will come on at every ignition cycle. See Traction Control System (TCS) See Tyre Pressure Monitor 0 Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), 201. See Electronic Stability Operation 0 253. Control (ESC) 0 201. See Trailer this light comes on briefly when the Sway Control (TSC) 0 224 engine is started. It provides information about tyre pressures Engine Oil Pressure Light and the TPMS. Traction Control System . The : warning light (TCS) Off Light illuminates for a short time when the ignition is turned on to show i illuminates yellow. that the light is working. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 77
If the light illuminates while driving: . The light illuminates when the High-Beam On Light . The oil pressure is fuel tank is approaching empty. The 3 indicator light illuminates dangerously low. Add fuel as soon as possible. when headlamp high beam is on. Stop the vehicle as soon as . If the engine is run to empty, the See Headlamp High/Low-Beam possible and check the engine fuel system must be bled. See 0 oil level. Diesel Fuel System Changer 91. Bleeding 0 237. . See Engine Oil 0 231. Front Fog Lamp Light . See Fuel types and Fuel System . Do not drive the vehicle with the 0 # light illuminated. Contact a Messages 81. . illuminates on the instrument Holden Dealer. panel when the lamps are Immobiliser Light in use. 0 Caution . The A warning light illuminates . See Front Fog Lamps 93. for a short time when the ignition Engine damage may result if you is turned on to show that the Rear Fog Light keep driving. Do not run the light is working. (If equipped) engine. If the oil level is normal, have the system checked by the . If the light remains on, contact a s illuminates yellow. Holden Dealer. nearest Holden Dealer. It illuminates when the rear fog light . See Immobiliser 0 25. is on. Low Fuel Warning Light Lamps On Reminder . . The warning light illuminates ; illuminates green. for a short time when the ignition is turned on to show that the It illuminates when the exterior lights light is working. are on, see Exterior Lamp Controls 0 90. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
78 Instruments and Controls Cruise Control Light Information Displays . 5 illuminates on the instrument panel when the cruise control Driver Information has been set. Centre (DIC) . The light extinguishes when The Driver Information Centre is cruise control is turned off. located on the instrument cluster. . See Cruise Control 0 204. The Driver Information Centre displays information about your vehicle. It also displays warning Trailer Indicator Light messages if a system problem is H Illuminates when the trailer is detected. connected to your vehicle. It will go See Vehicle Messages 0 79. Press the MENU button to switch out when the trailer is disconnected. between the menus. Selecting Functions The following menus can be The menus and functions can be selected: selected by the buttons on the turn . Vehicle Pages (Vehicle signal lever. Information Menu) . Trip Computer (Trip/Fuel Information Menu) . ECO Menu (For vehicles equipped with diesel engine) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 79 Use the adjusting knob to scroll Vehicle Messages . If parking assist is activated through the items in each menu or . If the vehicle speed exceeds the Messages are displayed on the DIC to set a numeric value. adjusted speed value or may be audible as a warning Press the SET/CLR button to select chime. a function or to confirm a message. When the Vehicle is Parked and/or . Not all messages are displayed a Door is Opened See Trip Computer 0 85. on all vehicles. . Until the engine starts, with the . Some settings can be changed key in the ignition switch in the personalisation menu. . When exterior lights are on with See Vehicle Personalisation 0 88. the engine off Note Battery Voltage and Some of the following messages require immediate action to prevent Charging Messages vehicle or engine damage. Battery Saver Active This message displays when the Warning Chimes vehicle detects that the battery Warning chimes may sound. voltage is low. The battery saver system may disable some vehicle When Starting the Engine or while features for battery saving and a Driving message is displayed. Turn off . If a seat belt is not fastened unnecessary accessories to allow the battery to recharge. . If a certain speed is exceeded with the parking brake applied Low Battery . If a warning message appears in This message displays when the the DIC battery voltage is low. . If the parking assist detects an object Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
80 Instruments and Controls
Service Battery Charging System Reduce Speed for Descent Control Rear Access Open This message displays when there System (DCS) The message will display when the is a fault in the battery charging . The message is displayed when tailgate is open. system. Contact a Holden Dealer. Descent Control System (DCS) Close the tailgate completely. is active and vehicle speed Brake System Messages exceeds 30 km/h. Engine Cooling System Brake Fluid Low . See Descent Control System Messages (DCS) 0 202. . The message is displayed when Engine Overheated – Idle Engine the brake fluid level is low. Cruise Control Messages . The message displays and a . See Brake Fluid 0 235. Cruise Set to (...) Km/h continuous chime sounds if the Release Parking Brake engine cooling system reaches This message displays when the unsafe temperatures for . The message is displayed when cruise control is set and shows the operation. the parking brake is on. speed it was set to, see Cruise Control 0 204. . Stop the vehicle as soon as it is . Release the parking brake while safe to do so. Allow the engine driving the vehicle. Door Ajar Messages to idle for a few seconds, then Hill Start Assist is Active turn the engine off, to avoid Door Open severe damage. . The message is displayed when Hill Start Assist (HSA) is active The message is displayed when . The message clears when the and is preventing rollback when one or more doors are open. engine has cooled to a safe driving off, while on an incline. Close the doors completely. operating temperature. . See Hill Start Assist Bonnet Open (HSA) 0 200. The message will display when the bonnet is open. Close the bonnet completely. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 81
. Have the problem repaired by a extinguishes. This may take up to Caution Holden Dealer as soon as 30 minutes. See Diesel Particulate possible. Filter 0 191. Engine damage may result if the engine is turned off immediately. Fuel System Messages Diesel Partic. Filter is Full Idle for a few seconds, then Continued Driving Mandatory turn off. Fuel Level Low If the auto self clean has been The message displays when the interrupted several times, this Engine Oil Messages fuel level is low and remains message may be displayed and a displayed until the fuel tank is filled chime may sound. Do not interrupt Change Engine Oil Soon above the low fuel level. the cleaning process. Continue driving the vehicle until the warning This message displays when the Water in Fuel – Contact Service message extinguishes. engine oil needs to be changed. This message displays when the See Engine Oil 0 231 for more If the SVS (Service Vehicle Soon) fuel sensor detects water in the information. 0 message turns on, the self-cleaning diesel fuel. See Fuel Filter 237 or process is not feasible. Contact a Engine Power Messages contact a Holden Dealer. dealer soon. Engine Power is Reduced Diesel Particulate Filter If the diesel particulate filter is not cleaned soon, the MIL (Malfunction . The message displays when the Messages Indicator Lamp) will illuminate and vehicle's engine power is Diesel Partic Filter is Full the 'Engine Power is Reduced' reduced. Continue Driving message will be displayed. Vehicle Note performance will be limited. This message will be displayed on . Although the vehicle may still be 0 the DIC when diesel particulate filter See Diesel Particulate Filter 191, drivable, the accelerator input 0 cleaning is required. To clean the Engine Power Messages 81 and available may be limited, 0 filter, continue driving the vehicle Malfunction Indicator Lamp 73. resulting in reduced power. until the warning message Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
82 Instruments and Controls
Key and Lock Messages Service Parking Assist Traction Control OFF Replace Battery in Remote Key This message displays if there is a This message displays when the problem with the Parking Assist Traction Control (TC) system has This message displays when the system. Do not use this system to been switched off manually by battery in the Remote Keyless Entry help you park. See your dealer for pressing g on the instrument panel. (RKE) transmitter needs to be service. replaced. Airbag System Messages Ride Control System Lamp Messages Messages Service Airbag Check Brake Lamps This message displays if there is a Service ESC problem with the airbag system. This message displays if a brake Contact a Holden Dealer. bulb needs to be replaced. This message displays if there is a problem with the Electronic Stability Control and/or Traction Control Anti-theft Alarm System Object Detection System system. Contact a Holden Dealer. Messages Messages ESC OFF Theft Attempted Park Assist Off This message displays when the This message displays if a theft has This message displays when the Electronic Stability Control system been attempted. Parking Assist system has been has been switched off manually by turned off or when there is a pressing g on the instrument panel. While the ignition is on, press temporary condition causing the MENU to clear the message. See system to be disabled. Traction Control ON Vehicle Personalisation 0 88 and 0 This message displays when the Anti-theft Alarm System 24. Traction Control (TC) system has Service Theft Deterrent System been switched on manually by This message displays if there is a pressing g on the instrument panel. problem with the vehicle security system. Contact a Holden Dealer. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 83
Service Vehicle Messages Service Power Steering your vehicle. The tire positions must This message displays when there be relearned after rotating the tires Service Vehicle Soon or after replacing a tire or sensor. is a problem with electric power 0 This message will be displayed on steering. Seek the assistance of a See , Tyre Rotation 255, Tyre Pressure Monitor System 0 251, the DIC if there is a problem with Holden Dealership or Authorized 0 the vehicle. Take your vehicle to a Repair Shop. See Steering 0 186. and Tyre Pressure 250. dealer for service. Tire Pressure Low Add Air To Tire Tyre Messages Steering System If equipped with the Tire Pressure Service Tire Monitor System Monitor System (TPMS), this Messages message displays when the If equipped with the Tire Pressure pressure in one or more of the Steering Assist Is Reduced Drive Monitor System (TPMS), this vehicle's tires is low. This message With Care message displays if a part on the also displays with a vehicle picture This message may display if a system is not working properly. The to indicate the location of the low problem occurs with the electric tire pressure light also flashes and tire. The low tyre pressure warning power steering system. If this then remains on during the same light will also come on. See Tire message appears, steering effort ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure 0 Pressure Monitoring System Light may be slightly higher than normal. Monitoring System Light 76. 0 76. You can receive more than The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use Several conditions may cause this one tyre pressure message at a caution while in reduced assist message to appear. See Tyre 0 time. If a tyre pressure message mode. If this message is persistent Pressure Monitor Operation 253. appears on the DIC, stop as soon or appears repeatedly, take the If the warning comes on and stays as you can. Have the tire pressures vehicle to your dealer for service. on, there may be a problem with the checked and set to those shown on See Steering 0 186. TPMS. See your dealer. the Tire and Loading Information Tire Learning Active label. See Tyre Pressure 0 250 and Vehicle Weight 0 275. The DIC also If equipped with the Tire Pressure shows the tyre pressure values. See Monitor System (TPMS), this Driver Information Centre message displays when the system (DIC) 0 78. is relearning the tire positions on Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
84 Instruments and Controls
Transmission Messages Transmission Hot – Idle Engine To Exit 4WD Low Shift To Neutral Service Transmission This message displays when This message displays if a immediate action by the driver is four-wheel drive shift out of This message displays if there is a necessary to prevent transmission Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested problem with the transmission. failure. and the vehicle speed is correct, but Contact a Holden Dealer. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is the transmission is not in Shift Denied safe to do so. Allow the engine to N (Neutral). This message displays when the idle for a few seconds, then turn the For 4WD Low Slow to 5 km/h engine off. transmission has not shifted to the This message displays if a selected gear as the current vehicle Service 4WD four-wheel drive shift into speed will result in an engine speed This message displays when there Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested outside the suitable range. See but the vehicle speed is too high. Manual Mode 0 194. is a problem with the four-wheel drive system. Contact a Holden To Exit 4WD Low Slow to 5 km/h Grade Braking Active Dealer. This message displays if a This message displays when the 4WD Shift in Progress four-wheel drive shift out of grade braking feature has been This message displays while the Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested activated while driving on downhill but the vehicle speed is too high. gradients. four-wheel drive system is shifting. Vehicle In 4WD Low The message will only appear the For 4WD Low Shift to Neutral first time the feature activates in an This message displays if a This message displays if the vehicle ignition cycle. See Grade Braking four-wheel drive shift into is driven in Four-Wheel Drive Low under Automatic Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested for about 10 minutes above Transmission 0 193. and the vehicle speed is correct, but 72 km/h. the transmission is not in 4WD OFF N (Neutral). This message displays when the four-wheel drive system is temporarily disabled due to Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 85 overheating. The vehicle will run in Vehicle Speed Messages Trip Computer two-wheel drive when this message is present. Once the four-wheel Selected Speed Limit Exceeded The trip computer is located in the drive system cools down, the This message displays when the Driver Information Centre. message turns off and the vehicle speed is greater than the The trip computer is divided into 3 four-wheel drive system returns to adjusted set speed. sections: normal operation. . Trip Pages Vehicle Reminder . Vehicle Pages Messages . Eco Pages Ice Possible. Drive with Care Trip Pages This message displays when icy To operate the trip computer, press conditions are possible. the MENU button in the turn signal Parking Assist Off lever. This message displays when the Turn the adjusting knob to scroll Parking Assist (PA) system has through the following menu items: been turned off due to a fault. See . Digital Speedometer. Parking Assist 0 208. . Combined Trip 1 and Trip 2. Service Parking Assist . Fuel Range. This message displays if there is a . Instantaneous fuel economy. problem with the PA system. Contact a Holden Dealer. . Timer. . Outside Air Temperature. Some modes can be reset by pressing the SET/CLR button. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
86 Instruments and Controls
Digital Speedometer See Low Fuel Warning Light 0 77 To reset the driving time to zero, and Driver Information Centre press and hold the SET/CLR button This mode indicates the vehicle 0 speed. (DIC) 78. for more than 1 second. The distance can be different Outside Air Temperature Combined Trip 1 and Trip 2 depending on driving patterns. This mode indicates the outside This mode indicates the current Note distance travelled, average vehicle temperature in Celsius (°C) fuel consumption and average As an auxiliary device, the trip degrees. vehicle speed since the last reset. computer may differ from the actual distance for remaining fuel Vehicle Pages To reset, press and hold the SET/ according to circumstances. Depending on vehicle equipment, CLR button. The driving distance for remaining some of the functions described Fuel Range fuel can be changed by the driver, below might not be available. The Fuel Range display shows the the road, and the vehicle speed Press the MENU button on the turn approximate distance the vehicle because it is calculated according to signal lever until Vehicle Pages can be driven without refuelling. the changing fuel efficiency. menu is displayed. The fuel range estimate is based on Instantaneous Fuel Economy Use the adjusting knob to scroll through the following menu items: an average of the vehicle fuel This mode indicates the economy over recent driving history instantaneous fuel economy of the . Battery Voltage. and the amount of fuel remaining in vehicle to the user reflecting the . Coolant Temperature. the fuel tank. effect of acceleration on fuel Engine and Idle Hours. When the fuel range estimate is less consumption . than 64 km, Fuel Level Low Timer . Tire Load (if available) message will appear on the Driver . Transmission Fluid Temperature. Information Center and the low fuel The timer function measures the control indicator will start to flash. time that has passed since the last . Speed Warning. reset, using the elapsed time. . Remaining Oil Life (if available). . Tire Pressure (if available). Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 87
To change between menus, press Speed Warning Eco Index the MENU button. This mode allows you to set the This feature provides feedback to Battery Voltage warning signal for the desired the driver with a relative value of speed. how fuel efficient they are driving. This display shows the current The percentage is determined battery voltage. To set the speed warning, press the SET/CLR button and use the based on current fuel consumption Coolant Temperature thumbwheel to select the desired compared to what is expected by the calibration settings. This display shows the current speed. coolant temperature. A leaf is shown at ECO Index Page Remaining Oil Life (if available) when driving economically, for that Engine and Idle Hours This display shows the the indicator must be in the The hourmeter is used to display current percentage of oil life. ECO area. the number of hours that the engine Tire Pressure (if available) Economy Trend has been running. This display shows the current tire This page displays the average fuel Tire Load (if available) pressure. consumption of the last 50 km. Each column presents the average fuel This display shows the current Eco Pages tire load. consumption of the last 5 km. Press the MENU button on the turn The tire loads that can be selected Fuel Economy are the following: signal lever until ECO menu is displayed. The current instantaneous fuel Light : Light loaded vehicle. economy with the average and best Turn the adjusting knob to scroll obtained indicated by two labeled ECO : Best Economy. through the following menu items: arrows. The indicator slides left and Max : Heavy loaded vehicle. . Eco Index. right within the bar depending the Transmission Fluid Temperature . Economy Trend. current instantaneous fuel economy. The selectable ranges are 25 km, This display shows the current . Fuel Economy. 100 km, and 500 km. transmission fluid temperature. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
88 Instruments and Controls Vehicle 1. Press MENU until Vehicle Remaining Oil Life Information Menu is . Displays the estimate of the oil's Personalisation displayed. remaining useful life. The settings can be personalised in 2. Rotate the adjuster wheel to . If Remaining Oil Life 99% is the Driver Information Centre (DIC) scroll through the following displayed, that means 99% of and in the Vehicle settings menu in menu items: the current oil life remains. the Infotainment system. Speed warning . When the remaining oil life is For settings available in the Remaining oil life low, the Change Engine Oil Infotainment System, see Soon message will appear on Settings 0 138 Battery voltage , 154 the display. The oil should be Note 3. To close or to return to the changed as soon as possible. previous page, press MENU. Depending on the vehicle variant, See Engine Oil Life System some of the following functions may Speed Warning under Service Information 0 270. not be available. The speed warning allows a . The oil life display must be reset Settings in the DIC warning signal to be set, at a after each oil change. Be careful chosen speed. not to reset the oil life display at To set the speed warning: any other time. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil 1. Press SET/CLR. change. 2. Rotate the adjuster wheel to How to reset the Remaining Oil Life: select On. 1. Turn the ignition on with the 3. Press SET/CLR. engine not running. 4. Rotate the adjuster wheel to 2. Press the MENU button on the select a speed. turn signal lever and rotate the 5. Press SET/CLR to confirm. adjuster wheel to select the Remaining Oil Life display. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 89
3. Press and hold theSET/CLR button on the end of the turn signal lever to reset the oil life to 100%. 4. Turn the ignition off. Battery Voltage . Displays the current battery voltage. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
90 Lighting Lighting Battery Power Protection ...... 96 Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 90 Light Switch with Automatic Automatic Light Control ...... 91 Light Control Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer ...... 91 Flash-to-Pass ...... 91 Headlight Range Adjustment ...... 92 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 92 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 92 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 93 Front Fog Lamps ...... 93 Reverse Lamps ...... 93 Misted Light Covers ...... 93 Interior Lighting Turn light switch: Instrument Panel Illumination O : With automatic light system, Control ...... 94 turn the switch to activate or Load Compartment Lamps . . . . . 94 deactivate the system, switch turns Courtesy Lamps ...... 94 Reading Lamps ...... 95 back to AUTO Sun Visor Lamps ...... 95 AUTO : Headlights and exterior lights are switched on and off Lighting Features automatically depending on external Entry Lighting ...... 96 lighting conditions Exit Lighting ...... 96 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Lighting 91
; : Sidelights, number plate lights This function operates with a short and instrument panel lamps are delay in dependence of lighting { Warning conditions. illuminated Always switch the high beam 2 : Headlights If the windscreen wipers continue to headlights to low beam when you operate 8 cycles when it is dark When lights are on, the control approach oncoming vehicles or enough outside, the exterior lamps other vehicles ahead. High beam indicator ; lights up. will illuminate automatically. headlights can temporarily dazzle See Lamps On Reminder 0 77. other drivers, which could result Headlamp High/ in a collision. Automatic Light Control Low-Beam Changer Flash-to-Pass To flash the high beam lights, pull the lever rearwards and release. The lights stay on for as long as the lever is held.
When the automatic light function To switch from low to high beam, AUTO is switched on, the system push the lever. switches on the headlights and To switch to low beam, pull the taillights automatically, depending lever. on the exterior illumination conditions. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
92 Lighting
Headlight Range 3 : All the seats occupied plus load Hazard Warning Flashers compartment full with the Adjustment permissible load on the rear axle. 3 : One person in the driver's seat, plus load compartment full with the permissible load on the rear axle. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) DRL increase the visibility of the vehicle during daylight. The DRL LEDs can operate in two different intensities: • Normal intensity for position light Operated with the | button. To set the headlight range according • High intensity for DRL function Press again to turn the flashers off. to vehicle load, turn the knob to the The DRL operate in high intensity in required position. The hazard warning flashers will the following conditions: activate automatically if the airbags 0 or 1 : One person in the • The ignition is in the ON/ deploy. driver´s seat. RUN mode. 0 or 1 : Front seats occupied (2 • The exterior lamp control is in passengers). AUTO (if available) or OFF (vehicles 2 : Front seats and all seats without AUTO light) farthest to the rear occupied (5 • The engine is running and the passengers). selector lever is not in P. 2 : All the seats occupied (7 passengers). Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Lighting 93
Turn and Lane-Change Front Fog Lamps Reverse Lamps Signals The vehicle may have front fog The reverse lamps illuminate when lamps. the ignition is on and reverse gear is engaged. Misted Light Covers
Caution
Condensation may temporarily appear on the inside of exterior lamp lenses after rain or washing the vehicle. Condensation occurs when there is a temperature difference between the inside and Push the lever in the direction the outside of the lamp allowing a fine steering wheel is turned. The front fog lamps provide extra mist on the inside surface of the To signal a lane change, push the illumination to the sides of the road lamp lens. This condensation will lever part way in the direction of the and improve visibility in fog or snow. disappear when the vehicle is in a turn. The turn signals will flash three To switch the front fog lamps on: dry environment or the lamp is on. times (six times when a trailer is If water does collect in the lamp connected). 1. Rotate the lamp control to ; contact a Holden Dealer. To cancel a lane change function, or 2. push the lever in either direction. 2. Press #. A green arrow on the instrument panel flashes when the lamps are in # illuminates on the instrument operation. panel. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
94 Lighting Interior Lighting Load Compartment Courtesy Lamps Lamps Instrument Panel Illumination Control
Press 4. The lamps illuminate when a door or The light automatically switches on the tailgate is opened. when a door is opened and turns off To adjust the instrument lighting after doors are closed. brightness: 1. Rotate D. 2. Hold until the required brightness is reached. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Lighting 95
Sun Visor Lamps { Warning
Do not leave the courtesy lamp on while driving in the dark.
Reading Lamps
Slide the switch: OFF : Remains off when doors are opened or closed. Illuminates when the vanity mirror cover is opened, see Sun DOOR : Automatically switches on Visors 0 30. when a door is opened and turns off after doors are closed. ON : Remains on when doors are opened or closed. The reading lamps are located Note between the sun visors. To prevent the battery from 1. Press the light area to turn a discharging, turn the lamp off when lamp on. the engine is not running. The passenger’s or driver’s front lamp illuminates. 2. Press again to turn the lamp off. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
96 Lighting Lighting Features standard setting is activated 30 seconds after the driver's door is Entry Lighting closed. The activation time can be changed, Entry lighting provides additional refer to Settings in the Infotainment security when returning to the System. vehicle at night. To operate: Press " on the key. Interior and 1. Switch off ignition. exterior* lights illuminate for a short time. 2. Turn the light control switch to *: with light control switch in Auto. Auto. The lighting switches off when the 3. Remove ignition key. ignition is turned to the ACC 4. Open driver's door. position. 5. Close driver's door. Additionally, some interior lights and switches will illuminate when the Battery Power Protection driver's door is opened. See Ignition Positions 0 188. Switching Off Electric Lights Exit Lighting To prevent discharge of the battery when the ignition is switched off, The interior lamps will come on some interior lights are switched off when the key is removed from the automatically after some time. ignition. The lamps will not come on If you turn off the ignition with the if the sliding button of the courtesy exterior lights on, they will light is in the OFF position. immediately turn off. If you turn the Headlights illuminate the way for an exterior lights on when the ignition is adjustable time after leaving the off they will remain on. vehicle. The exit lighting in the Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 97
Vehicle Positioning ...... 122 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 151 Infotainment Problems with Route Overview ...... 151 System Guidance ...... 123 Home Page ...... 152 If the System Needs Steering Wheel Controls Service ...... 123 (If equipped) ...... 153 Introduction Map Data Updates ...... 123 Operation ...... 154 Introduction ...... 98 Database Coverage Settings ...... 154 Overview ...... 98 Explanations ...... 123 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 100 Voice Recognition Radio AM-FM Radio ...... 157 Using the System ...... 101 Voice Recognition ...... 124 Radio Reception ...... 158 Radio Phone Radio Reception ...... 158 AM-FM Radio ...... 102 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 130 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 160 Radio Reception ...... 103 Bluetooth (Infotainment Audio Players Radio Reception ...... 104 Controls) ...... 131 USB Port ...... 161 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 105 Bluetooth (Voice Auxiliary Devices ...... 167 Audio Players Recognition) ...... 135 USB Port ...... 106 Text Messaging ...... 136 Phone Auxiliary Jack ...... 108 Apple CarPlay and Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 168 Bluetooth Audio ...... 109 Android Auto ...... 137 Bluetooth (Infotainment Settings Controls) ...... 168 Navigation Hands-Free Phone ...... 173 Settings ...... 138 Using the Navigation Hands-Free Phone (Apple System ...... 110 Trademarks and License CarPlay and Maps ...... 114 Agreements Android Auto) ...... 175 Navigation Symbols ...... 114 Trademarks and Licence Destination ...... 116 Trademarks and License Agreements ...... 142 Settings ...... 121 Agreements Global Positioning Introduction Trademarks and Licence System (GPS) ...... 122 Infotainment ...... 150 Agreements ...... 175 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
98 Infotainment System Introduction functions may grey out when they { Danger are unavailable. Many infotainment Two infotainment systems are features are also available through available. Taking your eyes off the road for the steering wheel controls. too long or too often while using This section describes the any infotainment feature can Before driving: infotainment system with built-in cause a crash. You or others . Become familiar with the Navigation system. For the system could be injured or killed. Do not operation, faceplate buttons, and without built-in Navigation, see give extended attention to screen buttons. Infotainment 0 150. infotainment tasks while driving. . Set up the audio by pre-setting Note Limit your glances at the vehicle favourite stations, setting the Some functions of the Infotainment displays and focus your attention tone, and adjusting the System may not be compatible with on driving. Use voice commands speakers. all phones or smartphones available whenever possible. in the market. Such features also . Set up phone numbers in depend on the connection with the advance so they can be called internet and the service offered by easily by pressing a single phone companies and apps { Warning button or by using a single voice availability. command if equipped with It is illegal to touch your phone Bluetooth phone capability. when driving. Overview See “Defensive Driving” in the ® Read the following pages to Make sure that Bluetooth is owner manual. become familiar with the activated before driving. If not, Customer Care infotainment system features. stop at a safe place to use a mobile phone. Assistance is available to help with Bluetooth pairing, application downloading and installation, other The infotainment system has built-in mobile device interface, and features intended to help avoid distraction by disabling some functions when driving. These Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 99
operation support of the . Turn to increase or . Turn to manually select a infotainment system. Contact your decrease the volume. station. dealer for assistance. 2. RADIO 6. o BACK Infotainment System . Press to change the audio . Press to return to the The infotainment system is source between AM previous screen in a menu. controlled by using the touchscreen, and FM. 7. TONE the buttons below the touchscreen, 3. g or l (Seek) steering wheel controls, and voice . Press TONE in the AUDIO recognition. . AM and FM: Press g or screen to open the Tone l to seek to the previous Settings menu. or next station with good 8. MEDIA reception. . Press to change the audio . AM and FM: Press and hold source between USB, AUX, g or l to go to the and Bluetooth Audio, desired station. if equipped and if connected to the system. 4. { (Home Page) Power (On/Off/Mute) . Press to go to the Home Page from any point in the . Press O to turn the system on. system. See “Home Page”. Press again and hold to turn 5. MENU it off. 1. O (Power/Volume) . Press to access the menu . Press O to mute the system. . Press to turn the audio on. for the current audio Press again to unmute the source. system. . Press and hold to turn it off. . Press to select the . Press to mute the system. highlighted menu option. Press again to unmute. . Turn to scroll through a list. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
100 Infotainment System
Volume h (Previous) : Touch to go to the 5. Continue dragging and previous Home Page. dropping application icons as Turn O to increase or decrease the desired. volume. k (Next) : Touch to go to the next Home Page. 6. Press { to exit edit mode. Note When changing the audio source, a l (Interaction Selector) : Touch to difference in volume may be display the favorites list. Steering Wheel Controls experienced. Touch and hold a location within the Home Page favorites area to begin the process of saving a favorite application. Touch the application icon to store as a favorite. The name of the application will be shown in favorites. Managing Home Page Icons 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page icons to enter edit mode. 2. Continue holding the icon and 1. Volume button drag it to the desired position. . Move the button upward to VOL + button to increase The Home Page is where vehicle 3. Release your finger to drop the the volume. application icons are accessed. icon in the desired position. Some applications are disabled 4. To move an application to . Move the button downward when the vehicle is moving. another page, drag the icon to to - button to decrease the volume. The Home Page can be set up to the edge of the screen towards have up to five pages with eight the desired page. icons per page. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 101
2. 5 button . If an iPhone is connected, Using the System press and hold to enter the . Press this button to decline Siri function. Touchscreen Buttons an incoming call or end a current call. 4. _ /^ (seek) Touchscreen buttons show on the screen when available. When a . Press this button to mute or . When _ /^ are pressed function is unavailable, the button unmute the infotainment up/down. may gray out. When a function is system when not on a call. selected, the button may highlight. In Radio modes, changes 3. % button broadcast frequencies Home Page Features saved. . When there is no Touch the icons on the Home Page connected Bluetooth In USB/iPod/Bluetooth screen to launch an application. device, the Infotainment audio modes, changes system executes the the file. Audio Bluetooth device Touch the AUDIO icon to display the connection. . When _ /^ are pressed and held. active audio source page. Available . When there is a connected sources are AM, FM, DAB, My Bluetooth device, press the In USB/iPod/Bluetooth Media, USB, Bluetooth, and AUX button to answer the call or audio modes, rewind or fast Input. forward the file. enter the redial Phone selection mode. Touch the PHONE icon to display If the customer's connected the Phone main page. See phone supports Speech Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 135 Recognition, press and hold or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 130 or the button to activate the Bluetooth (Infotainment phone's SR (Speech Controls) 0 131. recognition) mode. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
102 Infotainment System Settings 2. Drag the icon to the Radio applications tray. Touch the SETTINGS icon to display the Settings menu. See To remove an item from the AM-FM Radio Settings 0 138. applications tray, drag the icon from the applications tray back Playing the Radio Applications Tray to the Home Page. While on the Audio main page, the Press { to exit edit mode. available sources are: AM, FM, DAB, My Media, USB, Bluetooth, Adding or removing applications and AUX Input. from the applications tray will not remove them from the Home Page. . Touch the Audio screen button on the Home Page or Radio Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces button below the touchscreen to and Vehicle Information and scroll through AM, FM orDAB. Radio Displays . Touch the Media screen button For vehicles with high gloss on the Home Page or Media surfaces or vehicle displays, use a button below the touchscreen to microfibre cloth to wipe surfaces. scroll through My Media USB, Before wiping the surface with the Bluetooth, and AUX Input. The applications tray is at the microfibre cloth, use a soft bristle Infotainment System Settings top-center of the screen. The brush to remove dirt that could applications tray can have three to scratch the surface. Then use the Touch the Audio screen button to five applications. microfibre cloth by gently rubbing to access broadcast sources. To add an application from the clean. Never use window cleaners Touch the MENU screen button to Home Page to the applications tray: or solvents. Periodically hand wash display the following menus: the microfibre cloth separately, 1. Touch and hold any icon on the using mild soap. Do not use bleach Tone Settings: Home Page to enter edit mode. or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly . Bass, Midrange, Treble : Touch and air dry before next use. + or − to adjust. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 103
. Balance: Touch S or T for Press o BACK on the faceplate to . Slide a finger to the right or left to scroll through each page of more sound from the left or right return to the Home Page or touch S favorites. speakers. The middle position to return for the previous page. balances the sound between the Tone Settings : Touch and hold a left and right speakers. Storing Radio Station Presets favorite screen button in the favorite area to save the current tone . Fade: Touch y or z for more Favorites are stored in the area at the bottom of the screen. settings as a favorite in the tone sound from the front or rear settings screen. Drag up on the speakers. The middle position Up to 60 preset stations can be reveal button at the bottom to bring balances the sound between the stored under the following: up favorites. Touch a favorite screen front and rear speakers. AM or FM, Radio Stations : Touch button in the favorite area to recall a Finding a Station and hold a favorite screen button to favorite tone setting. save the current station as a Seeking a Station The number of favorites displayed is favorite. Touch a favorite screen automatically adjusted by default, Press g or l on the faceplate to button in the favorite area to recall a but can be manually adjusted in the search for the previous or next favorite station. Settings menu under Radio and station with good reception. Mixed-Audio Favorites then Number of Favourites Shown. Direct Tune Favorites that can be stored include Radio Reception Touch the TUNE screen button to radio stations, media favorites, Unplug electronic devices from the switch to Direct Tune for manually contacts, destinations, navigation, accessory power outlets if there is searching for a station. or applications. interference or static in the radio. If not equipped with Direct Tune, To scroll through the favorites: touch the SEEK screen button to . Drag up on the top border of the FM switch to TUNE. Touch again to favorites bar to view the FM signals only reach about 16 to change back. Turn the MENU knob favorites. To close the favorites, 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the to manually search for a station. drag them down. radio has a built-in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference, some static can occur, Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
104 Infotainment System
especially around tall buildings or Advantages of DAB Linking and/or DAB to FM hills, causing the sound to fade in . DAB stations are indicated by Linking in the DAB menu (see and out. the programme name instead of below). AM the broadcasting frequency . Interference caused by stations . With DAB, several radio that are on nearby frequencies The range for most AM stations is (a phenomenon that is typical of greater than for FM, especially at programmes (services) can be broadcasted on a single AM and FM reception) does not night. The longer range can cause occur with DAB. station frequencies to interfere with frequency (ensemble). each other. Static can also occur . Besides high-quality digital audio . If the DAB signal is reflected by when things like storms and power services, DAB is also able to natural obstacles or buildings, lines interfere with radio reception. transmit programme-associated the reception quality of DAB is When this happens, try reducing the data and a multitude of other improved, whereas AM or FM treble on the radio. data services. reception is considerably impaired in such cases. Cell Phone Usage . As long as a given DAB receiver can pick up the signal sent out . When DAB reception is enabled, Cell phone usage, such as making by a broadcasting station (even the FM tuner of the Infotainment or receiving phone calls, charging, if the signal is very weak), sound system remains active in the or just having the phone on may reproduction is ensured. background and continually cause static interference in the searches for the best receivable radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off . There is no fading (weakening of FM stations. if this happens. the sound that is typical of AM or FM reception). The DAB signal DAB settings Radio Reception is reproduced at a constant To configure the DAB settings volume. options, activate the radio function Digital audio broadcasting If the DAB signal is too weak to and then select the DAB waveband. Digital audio broadcasting (DAB) is be picked up by the receiver, Select MENU in the interaction an innovative and universal reception is interrupted selector bar to display the broadcasting system. completely. This can be avoided DAB menu. by activating DAB to DAB Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 105
DAB announcements DAB to FM Linking Select one of the categories and Besides their music programmes, a If this function is activated, the choose a specific item to display lot of DAB stations also broadcast device switches over to a detailed information. announcements of various corresponding FM station of the Note categories. If you activate some or active DAB service (if available) Some countries may not support all categories, the DAB service when the DAB signal is too weak to this feature currently received is interrupted be picked up by the receiver. when an announcement of these Set DAB to FM Linking - On or DAB Fixed Mast Antenna categories is made. to FM Linking - Off. Select DAB Announcements to display the DAB categories list. L Band Select the desired categories. The If L Band is activated, the categories selected are marked Infotainment system receives an with 9. additional frequency range. The Note frequencies for L-band comprise earth and satellite radio (1452 – DAB announcements can only be 1492 MHz). received if the DAB waveband is activated. Set L Band - On or L Band - Off. DAB to DAB Linking Note Additional L-Band frequencies may If this function is activated, the not be used device switches over to the same To remove the roof antenna, rotate it service (programme) on another Intellitext anticlockwise. To install the roof DAB ensemble (frequency, The Intellitext function allows for the antenna, rotate it clockwise. if available) when the DAB signal is reception of additional information too weak to be picked up by the such as announcements, financial receiver. information, sports, news etc. Set DAB to DAB Linking - On or DAB to DAB Linking - Off. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
106 Infotainment System
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives Caution Audio Players . The USB MP3 players and USB To avoid damaging the antenna or USB Port drives connected must comply the roof panel, be sure to remove with the USB Mass Storage The vehicle may have a USB port Class specification (USB MSC). the antenna before entering the on the main storage under the automatic car wash or a place armrest. . Hard disk drives are not with a low ceiling. supported. Playing from a USB . The following restrictions apply Install the antenna firmly. A USB mass storage device can be for the data stored on a USB connected to the USB port. Whenever using the roof rack MP3 player or USB device: system, check if the antenna is not Gracenote® (If equipped) ‐ Maximum folder structure obstructing the area that is being level: 11 levels. When plugging in a USB device, used by the roof rack system or the Gracenote service builds voice tags ‐ Applicable audio extensions cargo. for music. Voice tags allow artists, are mp3, wma, aac, m4a, albums with hard to pronounce and aif. names, and nicknames to be used ‐ WMA and Apple lossless files to play music through voice are not supported. recognition. ‐ Supported file systems are While indexing, infotainment FAT32 and NTFS. features are available. To play a USB device, do one of the My Media Library following: Allows access to content from all . Connect the USB. indexed media sources. Touch the MEDIA screen button to scroll . Press MEDIA until the through the options until My Media connected device is shown. is selected. Use the screen buttons to scroll through the content. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 107
Use the following when playing an USB Menu Artists: active USB source: Touch Menu to display the USB 1. Touch to view the list of artists r (Play) : Press to play the current menu. The following may be stored on the USB. media source. available: 2. Select an artist name to view a j (Pause) : Press to pause play of Shuffle: Touch to play the tracks list of all albums by the artist. the current media source. randomly. Touch again to stop shuffle. 3. To select a song, touch p to g (Previous/Reverse): play All Songs or touch the . Press to return to the beginning Tone: Touch + or − to adjust the artist name and then select a of the current or previous track. tone settings. See AM-FM song from the list. Radio 0 102. If the track has been playing for Albums: less than two seconds, the USB Browse Menu previous track plays. If playing 1. Touch to view the albums on Touch anywhere between the top longer than 2–5 seconds, the USB. and bottom menus or touch the depending on the device, the 2. Select the album to view a list current track restarts. BROWSE button to view the BROWSE menu. The following of all songs on the album. . Press and hold to reverse options are displayed along the 3. Select a song from the list to quickly through playback. bottom of the screen: begin playback. Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays. Playlists: Songs: l (Next/Forward): 1. Touch to view the playlists 1. Touch to display a list of all stored on the USB. songs on the USB. . Press to proceed to the next track. 2. Select a playlist to view the list 2. To begin playback, select a of all songs in that playlist. song from the list. . Press and hold to advance quickly through playback. 3. Select a song from the list to Genres: Release to return to playing begin playback. 1. Touch to view the genres on speed. Elapsed time displays. the USB. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
108 Infotainment System
2. Select a genre to view a list of Audiobooks: can be resumed by changing the all content of that genre. 1. Touch to view the audiobooks audio source from Bluetooth to USB 3. Select artist to view a list of stored on the device. cable. albums. Select an album to 2. Select the audiobook from the Source USB from the Audio MEDIA view a list of songs. list. Select a chapter to begin screen button to resume playback. 4. Select a song to start playback. playback. Auxiliary Jack Podcasts, Composers, Audiobooks, Folder View (If Equipped): Videos, and Folder View are shown An auxiliary input jack is provided in 1. Touch to view the directories the center console under the when More is selected from the on the USB. bottom of the screen. armrest. Possible auxiliary audio 2. Select a folder to view a list of sources include: Podcasts: all files. . Laptop computer 1. Touch to view the podcasts on 3. Select a file from the list to . Audio music player the USB. begin playback. 2. Select a podcast. This jack is not an audio output. Do File System and Naming not plug headphones into the 3. Select an episode to start auxiliary input jack. Set up an playback. The songs, artists, albums, and genres are taken from the file's song auxiliary device while the vehicle is Composers: information and are only displayed if in P (Park). 1. Touch to view the composers present. The radio displays the file Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable on the USB. name as the track name if the song from the auxiliary device to the information is not available. auxiliary input jack. When a device 2. Select Composers to view a list is connected, the system can play of albums by that composer. Loss of Audio audio from the device over the 3. Select an album to view a list If a phone currently paired over vehicle speakers. of songs. Bluetooth is plugged in with a USB cable, the system will automatically If an auxiliary device has already 4. Select a song from the list to mute the Bluetooth audio. Playback been connected, but a different begin playback. source is currently active, touch the Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 109
MEDIA screen button to scroll Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth Audio Menu through audio source screens, until Touch the MENU screen button to AUX Input source screen displays. If equipped, music may be played from a paired Bluetooth device. See display the Bluetooth Audio menu. Playing from the AUX Port Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 135 The following may be available: An auxiliary device is played or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 130 or Tone: Touch + or − to adjust the through the audio system and Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) tone settings. See AM-FM controlled through the device itself. 0 131 for help pairing a device. Radio 0 102. AUX Menu The music can be controlled by Touch [ to go back to the either the infotainment controls or previous menu. Touch the MEDIA screen button to the controls on the device. display the AUX Input menu and Manage Bluetooth Devices: Touch then the following options may Music can be launched by pressing to go to the Bluetooth page to add display: the MEDIA faceplate button or or delete devices. touching the MEDIA screen button Tone Settings : Select to adjust on the AUDIO Home Page. When using the Bluetooth audio Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, source, the radio may not be able to Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See To play music via Bluetooth: launch specific applications on your AM-FM Radio 0 102. 1. Power on the device, and pair device. Use the device to start audio Auto Volume : (If Equipped): This to connect the device. playback when it is safe to do so. feature adjusts the volume based on 2. Once paired, go into the audio All devices launch audio differently. the vehicle speed. See AM-FM application from the Home When selecting Bluetooth audio as Radio 0 102. Page or through the a source, the radio may show as applications tray. Select MEDIA paused on the screen. Press play until Bluetooth displays. on the device or press r to begin playback. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
110 Infotainment System Navigation . Map View Navigation Voice Preferences . Routing Preferences Touch the Navigation Voice Preferences list item to adjust the Using the Navigation . Display “Places of Interest” System Icons voice preferences. . Personal Data The following options can be Touch the NAV button on the Home adjusted: Page or the Nav icon in the Cancel/Resume Route applications tray to access the . Voice Prompts ON-OFF While under route guidance, this navigation application. . . Voice Volume screen button displays Cancel Touch MENU from the map view or Route. Touch Cancel Route to . Prompts During Phone Calls MENU button on the faceplate to cancel route guidance. No ON-OFF access the Navigation Menu. further prompts will be given. Voice Prompts Features displayed in the The list item then changes to Navigation Menu can be selected to Resume To. Touch the Voice Prompts list item to adjust navigation preferences. toggle voice prompts ON and OFF. . Touch the Resume To screen It is advised to set up preferences button to resume route guidance Voice Volume before setting a destination. To set a to the last entered destination. Adjust the loudness of the audio destination, see Destination 0 116. The last location that the system feedback by touching the − or + The buttons on the infotainment has provided guidance to can be button. If a maneuver prompt is screen display will time out when resumed by touching on this being played, and the main volume not interacting. Tap anywhere on the list item. is adjusted, the prompt volume will screen to reveal the controls, then . If the route includes waypoints, update and be saved. select the desired control. the entire route can be Prompts During Phone Calls Additional navigation features are: suspended using the Cancel Guidance list item. When When enabled, the system plays a . Cancel/Resume Route Resume Guidance is touched, shorter prompt while on a phone . Navigation Voice Preferences all waypoints are resumed for call. This setting can be configured guidance. as to whether a prompt would be . Current Location heard during a phone conversation. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 111
When this setting is OFF, only the Display Places of Interest Icons Map View short alert tone is played when Places of Interest (POI) icons can Touch to select the desired map approaching the maneuver. be displayed on the map using view. A checkmark appears to Current Location this view. indicate a view has been selected. Touch the Current Location list item . The POI icons can be turned ON 3D View to display a Current Location list. and OFF. Touch the check box The 3D View is a Heading Up view next to the POI icon to display but it includes perspective. Map The following information is the icon. displayed on the Current items will appear larger as the Location list: . Touch Clear All to reset the vehicle comes closer. icons that are displayed on Heading Up View . Nearest Address the map. . Lat/Long The Heading Up View keeps the . A subcategory can be selected vehicle's current heading at the top . Nearest Hospital instead of the entire category. of the view. The vehicle icon always . Nearest Police Touch the list item rather than faces the top of the view as the map the check box. The rotates. . Nearest Fuel subcategories will display. Select . Nearest Service any of those categories to North Up View navigate down the hierarchy. Touch on any of the options to The North Up View keeps north at display the destination details view . When a higher-level category the top of the view. The vehicle icon for the selected location to begin has some of its subcategories is placed in the center of the view guidance. selected, the checkmark next to and rotates to indicate the heading it is grayed out. This indicates for the vehicle. Touch the Nearest Address button that only some of the categories Audio Information On/Off and then the Save screen button to below are shown. Touch the store the current location to the grayed-out checkmark to turn all Touch to turn the audio information Address Book. of the icons for that category on view on or off from the main or off. map view. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
112 Infotainment System
The audio status screen contains . Automatic: Adjusts the screen These preferences are used for all the following elements: background automatically routes generated. . Station Frequency depending on the exterior Route segment preferences are lighting conditions. . Artist Information other options showing on the Routing Preferences Routing Preferences menu. . Song Information Touch the Routing Preferences list This includes: . r / j or g / l Station and item to access the Routing . Use Toll Roads ON-OFF Channel Controls Preferences menu. Options on how the routes are created for route . Use Freeways ON-OFF Touch the g / l Station controls guidance are listed on this menu. . Use Carpool Lanes ON-OFF to go to the next or previous strong signal station or digital channel. Route Style . Use Ferries ON-OFF When the audio status pane Touch this list item to change the . Use Tunnels ON-OFF route type preferences. displays Artist and Song . Use Time Restricted Roads Information, touch the g / l The options are: ON-OFF controls to go to the next or . Fast (default) Personal Data previous track based on the current media mode. . Eco Friendly (if equipped) Data that the system has saved during the course of using the Day/Night Mode . Short navigation system can be managed Touch to access the Day/Night . Edit Eco Profile through: Mode menu. The Edit Eco Profile can be used to . Contacts The options are: configure two parameters for the Eco Friendly route. These . Recent Destinations . Day Mode: Brightens the map parameters are roof load and trailer. . My POIs (if equipped) background. For each parameter, the options are . Upload Saved Locations . Night Mode: Darkens the map None, Small, Medium, and Large. background. Press to scroll through the list. The . Delete Autocomplete default for both is None. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 113
Contacts . Touch Delete All My POIs to Map Adjustments delete the entire list of 1. Touch Edit Contacts to display ZOOM −/+ can be used to adjust categories. A pop-up displays the Contacts to edit. the scale of view on the map. When asking to confirm the deletion. 2. Touch Delete All Entries to the end of the zoom level is delete the entire list of contacts . To exit out of a list, touch the reached, ZOOM −/+ will gray out. Exit screen button in the top or touch Edit Contacts List to The zoom scales can be configured right corner of the map to return delete one or more itens. for English or metric units. To to the main map view. A pop-up displays to confirm. change from English to metric, see Recent Destinations Upload Saved Locations: Touch to “Instrument Cluster” in the owner upload any saved locations such as manual. . Touch Delete Individual downloaded POIs and all entries in Destinations to display a recent the vehicle address book to the Scroll Features destinations list. Select the USB device. . To scroll within the map, touch individual entry to delete. . Touch Upload Saved Locations anywhere on the map screen. . Touch Delete All Destinations to to save the Vehicle Contacts list . Nudge or slide a finger on the delete the entire recent and any My POIs that have been map; the map moves in the destination list. A pop-up saved to the vehicle. direction of the finger. displays asking to confirm the deletion. . Once saved locations have been . Fling a finger on the map; the uploaded to a USB, they can be map will start scrolling in a short My POIs transferred to a different vehicle continuous scroll. . Touch My POIs to display a or restored to the current address book. . Touch a finger on the location on menu of other options. the map; the map recenters to . Select Delete Individual Delete Autocomplete the location that was Categories. A My POIs category . Touch Delete Autocomplete to touched on. list displays. delete all keyboard . Select the individual entry to autocomplete history. A pop-up delete. displays asking to confirm the deletion. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
114 Infotainment System
. Touch a finger twice on a the form of an arrow is displayed Detailed Areas location on the map; the map to indicate the direction. The Road network attributes are zooms in one level to the arrow is shown in relation to the contained in the map database for location that was touched current vehicle heading. detailed areas. Attributes include twice on. . Touch a finger on a POI icon information such as street names, . When the map is recentered shown on the map; the name of street addresses, and turn away from being locked to the the POI is shown in the address restrictions. A detailed area includes vehicle position, the crosshairs callout, along with the city name all major highways, service roads, will show in the center of the and state. If the callout is and residential roads. The detailed map. As the map continues to selected, the destination details areas include Places of Interest be recentered, the crosshairs view for the POI is shown. (POIs) such as restaurants, airports, will remain on the screen. When . After panning the map away banks, hospitals, police stations, the crosshairs are shown on the from the vehicle, touch RESET gas stations, tourist attractions, and screen, a callout with more to return the map back to the historical monuments. The map information displays. If the map current position. database may not include data for is moved from the current newly constructed areas or map location, the crosshairs will . Touch the Overview button to database corrections that are disappear along with the callout. quickly get a view of the entire completed after production. The route. The route Overview button navigation system provides full . Touch a finger on the callout takes the place of the RESET next to the crosshairs and the route guidance in the detailed map button while under route areas. destination details view displays. guidance. Touch the RESET From this view, route guidance button to return the map to the Navigation Symbols can be received or saved to the current position. vehicle's contact list. Following are the most common . When the map is recentered, the Maps symbols that appear on a map straight-line distance from the screen. vehicle to the selected point is The map database is stored in the displayed in the callout. In internal flash memory that is used in addition, a heading direction in the navigation system. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 115
Any address information about the vehicle's current location will be shown, including the street, city, and state names. Tap on this callout to save the current address to the vehicle or address book. The estimated time to the destination displays. Touch the Arrival button to toggle to duration and to the distance of the destination.
The vehicle symbol indicates the The destination symbol marks the current position and heading final destination after a route has direction of the vehicle on the map. been planned. When under route guidance, a circle with an arrow is added to the This symbol indicates the vehicle symbol which indicates the recommended maneuver that direction to the destination. should be performed. Touch it to display the turn list or waypoint list. Vehicle Address Callout Tap on the vehicle icon, to have the current address of the vehicle overlaid on the map next to the The waypoint symbol marks one or vehicle icon in a callout. Another tap more set waypoints. hides the information. A waypoint is a stopover destination point added to the planned route. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
116 Infotainment System
The No GPS symbol appears when selected to plan a route. Some The navigation system has an alert there is no Global Positioning destination items may be grayed out feature. The navigation system may System (GPS) satellite signal. When if no destination was previously need to get the attention of the the GPS is gone, the vehicle entered or saved. driver. position on the map may not be Touch the DESTINATION button to If not in the navigation application accurate. go to the destination entry views. when a near maneuver prompt is Autozoom given, it is shown as an alert. The Available Methods of Search alert contains the turn indicator and As a maneuver is being . Address button to display the main approached, the map automatically navigation view, or dismiss the alert. zooms in to give greater detail. . Intersection . POIs The alert also contains the name of If lane guidance is available for the the street to turn on and a maneuver, this is also shown. . Recent Destinations countdown bar. When the system begins to . Contacts autozoom, it zooms in to its Alpha-Numeric Keyboard minimum level. After the maneuver Navigation Next Turn Maneuver The keyboard is used in multiple is performed, the system slowly Alert locations throughout the system and zooms back out. can be used with many features. The navigation system uses the Destination keyboard's alpha-numeric keyboard. If route guidance is not active, touch The keyboard can also be modified the NAV screen button on the Home to include characters appropriate for Page to access the map view. the region configured in the vehicle Touch the Destination icon from the settings. map view to enter a destination. @ GO : Touch to search for the Available methods of entering a destination details of an address or destination are Address, Recent place of interest entered in the text Destinations, Contacts, Intersection field. Once the GO screen button is and POIs. Several options can be Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 117
pressed, the activity indicator Special Characters Contacts displays in the list of possible As the characters are typed on the Select the CONTACTS button to matches. keyboard, a pop-up of the letter view the vehicle's contact list or a | (Dropdown Arrow) : Touch to touched displays above the key that connected Bluetooth device. If a display a list of matches. was touched. particular contact has a single When there are multiple matches, a Continue to touch and hold, and any address associated with it, that dropdown arrow is shown after the additional special characters contact has a Quick Route list item autocomplete text. This dropdown associated with that letter are function button next to it. Contacts displays an entire list of matches. displayed around the current letter. without this Quick Route button Touch the appropriate match without To select one of the special either have multiple addresses or no having to enter more text. characters, slide a finger left or right address at all. Touch the Quick to select the special character. Route button to go to the z (Delete) : Touch to delete the last Destination Details view. typed character. Press and hold this Special Character List screen button to clear the entire text Touch on an address, either from field. If the entire text field has been The following characters have the Quick Route on the contact list deleted, this screen button becomes special characters beneath them: or a specific address from the an Undo button. Touching Undo will contact detail list, to go to the restore the deleted text. destination view showing that address on the map. Exit : Touch to return to the previous Map view. Trips from Contacts can be saved and recalled. The order is based on Sym : Touch to show the symbol when the trip was last used. When keyboard. the trips are saved, they are given a Space : Touch to enter a space default title of the final destination between characters or the words of name. If there are no saved trips, this list item is hidden. a name. Saved Destinations R (Up Arrow) : Touch to display Select a saved destination from the the Interaction Selector. Contacts or Recent Destinations. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
118 Infotainment System
Favorite Destinations . Touch and hold on the favorite . If the system has an active . Destinations can be saved as location while viewing a contact route, a pop-up will display, Favorites for recall later. on the Contact Details List. The “What would you like to do with Depending on the favorite, when contact name and all contact this destination?” The options an address or POI favorite is information can be stored. are: Add As Waypoint, Set New recalled, the Destination Details . Touch to save as a favorite. The Destination, or Cancel. View is shown. favorite label will be the name of . If a waypoint is added, it is . When a favorite address is being the contact. placed in the location that leads routed to, it is shown active. . Touch on the Favorite to display to the most efficient route. Touch on the active favorite to the destination view. . There is a maximum number of suspend that route. waypoints that can be added to Storing Favorites from Map . Save locations as Favorites for the system. When the maximum recall later in the Destination Favorite locations can be stored number of waypoints has been Details View. from the Map View. reached, a pop-up displays If not under route guidance, the indicating that a waypoint must . Save trips from the first be deleted before a new one Address Book. current vehicle location will be saved as a Favorite. If under route can be added. The system will Storing Favorites from the Contact guidance, the final destination will hold this waypoint into a Details List be saved. Pending Waypoints list and will automatically be added to the A contact name or any of the Touch and drag up on the row of route once a position is contact's information such as phone Interaction Selector buttons to available, either by arriving at a number, e-mail address, or address reveal the Favorite buttons. Touch waypoint, or by deleting one. from Contact Details can be stored and hold on the favorite location as a Favorite. from the Map View to save it. . To save a location, tap on the Q to display the Favorite buttons. . Touch and drag up on the row of Route Guidance Touch and hold on a favorite Interaction Selector buttons to location to save the shown reveal the Favorite buttons. . Touch GO to go to the main navigation view and to start location as a Favorite. route guidance. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 119
Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) Destination show the turn list. When entering and Distance Touch the DESTINATION screen a turn list, the next maneuver . When under route guidance, the button to add a waypoint or change instruction is spoken. system shows the ETA or travel the destination while viewing the . The turn list title is the name or time, or the driving distance. turn list. When the DESTINATION address of the destination. . The ETA and travel time are screen button is touched, the Touch on the information button calculated using any available display shows the Destination next to the name of the traffic information. screens. destination to display the destination information. . If in a waypoint trip, the ETA, End Guidance travel time, and driving distance . The turn list is sorted in order Touch the End screen button to with the next maneuver at the are all shown relative to the final suspend the current route in the turn destination. top of the list and the list. When the End screen button is subsequent maneuvers listed . The final ETA is shown taking touched, the turn list is exited, and below it. The next maneuver is into consideration any time zone the display returns to the main always highlighted upon entry crossings that the route has map view. into the Turn List to quickly show traveled through. Avoid Areas what the next maneuver is. . Touch the ETA information area Touch the Avoid Areas screen . Each maneuver indicates the to switch between the estimated button to select the highway name distance between it and the arrival time, total driving time that is to be avoided. The system previous maneuver or the resulting, and driving distance. shows a pop-up asking how many vehicle's current location. The Turn List miles or if the entire road should be next maneuver at the top will avoided. count down until the maneuver Touch on the next turn indicator is reached, and then the next shown on the map to display the Turn List maneuver will begin to turn list or waypoint list. The . When under a waypoint trip, count down. Interaction Selector is minimized touch on the TURN LIST . Each maneuver has an automatically. Touch Q to reveal the Interaction Selector button to estimated time of arrival based following options: on the current driving conditions. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
120 Infotainment System
Saved Trips . The waypoint list is sorted in . When either a waypoint trip is Waypoint trips can be saved for order with the next waypoint at first created, or additional later recall. Touch the + add button the top of the list. Each waypoint waypoints are added to an in the waypoints list to save the trip is indicated with a numbered existing waypoint trip, they are to the Saved Trips list in the icon, starting with the next added in the location that would vehicle's contacts list. When trips waypoint. lead to an optimized route. are saved, they are given a default . To indicate what segment of the . If a destination is already title of the final destination. Saved route is for the next waypoint, planned and a waypoint is trips can be edited by selecting the and what is for the remainder of added, it is either added before Edit list item button to access the the route, they appear in or after the current destination, edit screen for the saved entry. The different colors. whichever leads to the most only field that can be edited is the optimal route. Optimized Route name field. Touch on the name field . If under an existing waypoint trip to access the keyboard view. Type . Touch the OPTIMIZE screen consisting of two or more the name change. This change is button to optimize the current destinations, any additional automatically saved when executed waypoint trip. waypoints are added in the by the keyboard. . The optimization is done location that would lead to the The saved trip can also be deleted according to how the most optimal route. from the edit mode. Touch the preferences are set for new delete button and a delete routes, e.g., fastest route, Edit Route confirmation pop-up will display. shortest distance, or eco friendly. . Touch the EDIT screen button to modify the order or remove a Waypoints . While the system is optimizing the route, the waypoint trip has waypoint from the route. Press . When under a waypoint trip, the Activity Indicator displayed the delete screen button to touch on the next turn indicator over top of it. If the system is remove a waypoint from the to bring up the waypoint list. The calculating the ETA and travel route. last waypoint view is shown, distance for a waypoint, the . A pop-up displays asking for which could be Waypoints, Turn Activity Indicator is displayed in confirmation of the waypoint List, or Edit. the list header. deletion. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 121
Settings Prompt Length : Touch to change Low Fuel Alert the prompt length to Short or Long. Touch Settings on the Home Page to adjust features and preferences, Audio Feedback Speed : Touch to such as Time and Date, Language, change the audio feedback speed to Valet Mode, or Radio. For setting Slow, Medium, or Fast. 0 options, see Settings 138. Display “What can I say?” Tips : A few of the setting options change Touch to change the display tips to the way the navigation system ON orOFF. displays or reacts while in use. Display 1. Touch the Settings screen Mode : Touch Mode to change the button on the Home Page. If the vehicle reaches a low fuel screen background. This setting level, the system displays an alert 2. Touch the scroll bar until the controls map colors. about the low fuel condition. Touch desired option displays. Select . The Auto setting adjusts the the MORE INFO screen button to the desired settings to change. screen background automatically view nearby gas stations, and start Voice depending on the exterior guidance if desired. lighting conditions. Voice recognition allows for hands-free operation within the . The Day setting brightens the navigation, audio and phone map background. applications. See Voice . The Night setting darkens the Recognition 0 124. map background. Touch the voice screen button to Calibrate Touchscreen : Touch to display the Voice menu. display the Touchscreen Calibration Confidence Threshold : Touch to Screen. change the confidence threshold to Turn Display Off : Touch to turn the Confirm More or Confirm Less. Display option off. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
122 Infotainment System
If the remaining driving distance is This system might not be available . The vehicle is approaching a tall available from the system, this is or interference can occur if any of building or a large vehicle. included in the alert. the following are true: . The surface streets run parallel . Signals are obstructed by tall to a freeway. Global Positioning buildings, trees, large trucks, . The vehicle has been transferred System (GPS) or a tunnel. by a vehicle carrier or a ferry. The position of the vehicle is . Satellites are being repaired or . The current position calibration determined by using satellite improved. is set incorrectly. signals, various vehicle signals, and For more information if the GPS is map data. . The vehicle is travelling at high not functioning properly, see speed. At times, other interference such as Problems with Route Guidance the satellite condition, road 0 123 and If the System Needs . The vehicle changes directions configuration, condition of the Service 0 123. more than once, or the vehicle is vehicle, and/or other circumstances turning on a turn table in a can affect the navigation system's Vehicle Positioning parking lot. ability to determine the accurate At times, the position of the vehicle . The vehicle is entering and/or position of the vehicle. on the map could be inaccurate due exiting a parking lot, garage, or a The GPS shows the current position to one or more of the following lot with a roof. of the vehicle using signals sent by reasons: . The GPS signal is not received. GPS satellites. When the vehicle is The road system has changed. not receiving signals from the . . A roof carrier is installed on the satellites, a symbol appears on the . The vehicle is driving on slippery vehicle. map screen. See Navigation road surfaces such as sand, . Tyre chains have been installed. Symbols 0 114. gravel, or snow. . The tyres are replaced or worn. . The vehicle is travelling on . The tyre pressure for the tyres is winding roads or long straight incorrect. roads. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 123
. This is the first navigation use . It could take a long time to If the System Needs after the map data is updated. operate automatic rerouting Service . The 12-volt battery is during high-speed driving. disconnected for several days. . Automatic rerouting might If the navigation system needs display a route returning to the service and the steps listed here . The vehicle is driving in heavy have been followed but there are traffic where driving is at low set waypoint if heading for a destination without passing still problems, see Problems with speeds, and the vehicle is Route Guidance 0 123. stopped and started repeatedly. through a set waypoint. . The route prohibits the entry of a Map Data Updates Problems with Route vehicle due to a regulation by Guidance time or season or any other The map data in the vehicle is the regulation which may be given. most up-to-date information Inappropriate route guidance can available when the vehicle was . Some routes might not be occur under one or more of the produced. The map data can be searched. following conditions: updated, provided that the map . The route to the destination information has changed. . The turn was not made on the might not be shown if there are road indicated. For questions about the operation of new roads, if roads have the navigation system or the update Route guidance might not be . recently changed, or if certain process, contact your dealership. available when using automatic roads are not listed in the map rerouting for the next right or data. See Maps 0 114. left turn. Database Coverage To recalibrate the vehicle's position Explanations . The route might not be changed on the map, park with the vehicle when using automatic rerouting. running for two to five minutes, until Coverage areas vary with respect to the level of map detail available for . There is no route guidance when the vehicle position updates. Make turning at an intersection. sure the vehicle is parked in a any given area. Some areas feature location that is safe and has a clear greater levels of detail than others. . Plural names of places might be view of the sky and away from large If this happens, it does not mean announced occasionally. obstructions. there is a problem with the system. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
124 Infotainment System As the map data is updated, more Voice Recognition Using Voice Recognition detail can become available for Voice recognition becomes available areas that previously had limited Voice recognition allows for once the system has been detail. See Map Data hands-free operation within the initialized. This begins when the Updates 0 123. navigation, audio and phone applications. This feature can be ignition is turned on. Initialization may take a few moments. started by pressing either the g button on the steering wheel or 1. Press g on the steering wheel touching g on the touchscreen control to activate voice display. recognition, or touch g on the However, not all features within infotainment touchscreen on these areas are supported by voice the center stack. commands. Generally, only complex 2. The audio system mutes and tasks that require multiple manual the system plays a prompt interactions to complete are followed by a beep. supported by voice commands. 3. Wait until after the beep For example, tasks that take more completes, then clearly speak than one or two button presses such one of the commands as selecting a song or artist to play described in this section. from a media device would be supported by voice commands. Press g to interrupt any voice Other tasks, like adjusting the recognition system prompt. For volume or seeking up or down are example, if the prompt seems audio features that are easily to be taking too long to finish, performed by pressing one or two press g again and the beep buttons, and are not supported by should happen right away. voice commands. Voice recognition can be used just when the ignition is on. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 125
There are two voice prompt modes to complete the task, or the session Helpful Hints for Speaking supported: is terminated, the voice recognition Commands dialog stops. . Long verbal prompts: The longer Voice recognition can understand prompts provide more An example of this type of manual commands that are either naturally information regarding the intervention is touching on an entry stated in sentence form, or direct supported actions. of a displayed number list instead of commands that state the application . Short prompts: The short speaking the number associated and the task. with the entry desired. prompts provide simple Most languages do not support instructions about what can be Cancelling Voice Recognition natural language commands in stated. sentence form. For those . Touch the Home screen button. languages, use direct commands If a command is not spoken, the Pressing this button will like the examples shown on the voice recognition system says a terminate a voice recognition display. help prompt. session which was initiated by Prompts and Screen Displays pressing the button on the radio For best results: touchscreen. While a voice recognition session is . Listen for the prompt and wait active, there will be corresponding . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” for the beep before saying a buttons on screens displayed. to terminate the voice command or reply. recognition session and display Manual interaction in the voice . Say “Help” or look at the screen recognition session is permitted. the screen from which voice display for example commands. Interaction during a voice session recognition was initiated. . A voice recognition system may be completed entirely using . Press i on the steering wheel prompt can be interrupted while voice commands, or some controls to terminate the voice it is playing by pressing g. selections may expedite a session. session and display the screen If a selection is made using a from which voice recognition For example, if the prompt manual control, the dialog will was initiated. seems to be taking too long to progress in the same way as if the finish, to speak the command selection was made through a voice without waiting for the prompt to command. Once the system is able complete, press g. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
126 Infotainment System
. Speak the command naturally, other POIs, say the name of a can be made by manually selecting not too fast, not too slow. Use category like “Restaurants,” the item, or by speaking the line direct commands without a lot of “Shopping Malls,” or “Hospitals.” number for the item to select. extra words. There is no need to memorize When a screen contains a list, there . Usually Phone and Audio specific command words. Direct may be options that are available commands can be spoken in a commands might be more clearly but not displayed. The list on a single command. understood by the system. An voice recognition screen functions example of a direct command would the same as a list on other screens. For example say, “Call Dave be Call 555-1212. Examples of Scrolling or flinging can be used to Smith at work,”“Play” followed “ ” by the artist or song name, these direct commands are help display other entries from displayed on most of the screens the list. or “Tune” followed by the radio station number. while a voice session is active. Manually scrolling or paging the list If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is on a screen during a voice . Navigation destinations are too stated, the system understands that complex for a single command. recognition session suspends the a phone call is requested and will current voice recognition event and First, say a command that respond with questions until enough plays the prompt “Make your explains the type of destination details are gathered. needed, such as I want selection from the list using the If the phone number has been manual controls or press the Back directions to an “Address,” saved with a name and a place, the button to try again. “Navigate to an intersection,”“I ” need to find a Place of Interest direct command should include If manual selection takes more than both, for example Call Dave Smith or POI,” or “Directions to a “ 15 seconds, the session terminates at work. Contact.” The system responds ” and prompts that it has timed out. by requesting more details. After Using Voice Recognition for The screen returns back to the saying “Place of Interest,” only List Options screen where voice recognition was major chains are available by initiated. name. Chains are businesses When a list is displayed, a voice with at least 20 locations. For prompt will ask to confirm or select The Back Command an option from that list. A selection Say “Back” or press the BACK button to go to the previous screen. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 127
If in voice recognition, and “Back” is button is touched in a radio screen, “Play Artist
128 Infotainment System
name is the name displayed on the “My Media” : Begin a dialog to system is between 4,000 and 8,000, screen when the device is first enter the desired media content. the content cannot be accessed selected as an audio sourced. directly with one command like Handling Large Amounts of Media “Play
Infotainment System 129
The access commands for playlists, “Destination Place of Interest” : “Call
130 Infotainment System
“Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. mail numbers. The system may not work with all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Voice Pass-Thru Bluetooth (Overview) this section. Voice pass-thru allows access to the The Bluetooth-capable system can voice recognition commands on the interact with many cell phones, { Danger cell phone, for example, Siri or allowing: Voice Command. See the mobile Taking your eyes off the road for . Placement and receipt of calls in phone manufacturer's user guide to a hands-free mode. too long or too often while using see if the mobile phone supports any infotainment feature can this feature. To activate the phone . Sharing of the cell phone's cause a crash. You or others voice recognition system, press and address book or contact list with could be injured or killed. Do not hold g on the steering wheel for a the vehicle. give extended attention to few seconds. To minimize driver distraction, infotainment tasks while driving. before driving, and with the vehicle Limit your glances at the vehicle parked: displays and focus your attention . Become familiar with the on driving. Use voice commands features of the cell phone. whenever possible. Organize the phone book and contact lists clearly and delete duplicate or rarely used entries. { Warning If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts. It is illegal to touch your phone . Review the controls and when driving. operation of the infotainment Make sure that Bluetooth® is system. activated before driving. If not, stop at a safe place to use a mobile phone. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 131
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system Infotainment System Controls Pairing can use a Bluetooth-capable cell For information about how to A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone phone with a Hands-Free Profile to navigate the menu system using the must be paired to the Bluetooth make and receive phone calls. The infotainment controls, see Using the system and then connected to the infotainment system and voice System 0 101. vehicle before it can be used. See recognition are used to control the the mobile phone manufacturer's system. The system can be used Phone : Touch this screen button user guide for Bluetooth functions while in ON/RUN or ACC/ on the Home Page to enter the before pairing the mobile phone. ACCESSORY. The range of the phone main menu. Bluetooth system can be up to Audio System Pairing Information 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support . A Bluetooth phone with music all functions and not all phones work When using the Bluetooth system, capability can be paired to the with the Bluetooth system. sound comes through the vehicle's front audio system speakers and vehicle as a phone and a music Bluetooth Controls overrides the audio system. Turn player at the same time. Use the buttons on the infotainment the volume knob during a call to . Up to 10 devices can be paired system and the steering wheel to change the volume level. The to the Bluetooth system. operate the Bluetooth system. adjusted volume level remains in . The pairing process is disabled memory for later calls. The system when the vehicle is moving. Steering Wheel Controls maintains a minimum volume level. g (Push to Talk) : Press to answer . Pairing only needs to be incoming calls, confirm system Bluetooth (Infotainment completed once, unless the information, and start voice Controls) pairing information on the mobile recognition. phone changes or the mobile For information about how to phone is deleted from the i (End Call) : Press to end a call, navigate the menu system using the system. decline a call, or cancel an infotainment controls, see Using the . One Bluetooth device can be operation. Press to mute or unmute System 0 101. the infotainment system when not connected to the Bluetooth on a call. system at a time. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
132 Infotainment System
. If multiple paired cell phones are shown on the display. After the 2. Select Phones. within range of the system, the PIN is successfully entered or z system connects to the paired the code is confirmed, the 3. Touch the next to the phone cell phone in the order that they system responds with “
Infotainment System 133
Switching to Handset or the phone settings and operation. 3. Select the name or number Handsfree Mode Verify the cell phone supports this to call. feature. To switch between handset or Making a Call Using the handsfree mode, touch the Phone When supported, the Contacts and Keypad icon on the Home Page to display Recent Calls menus are To make a call by dialing the “Call View.” automatically available. numbers: . While the active call is The Contacts menu accesses the hands-free, touch the Handset phone book stored in the cell phone. 1. Touch the Phone screen button. screen button to switch to the The Recent Calls menu accesses handset mode. The screen the recent call list(s) from your cell 2. Select Keypad and enter a button changes to Handsfree phone. phone number. once the Bluetooth device To make a call using the 3. Select Call to start dialling the confirms it is operating as number. handset. Contacts menu: . While the active call is handset, 1. Touch the Phone screen Accepting or Declining a Call touch the Handsfree screen button. When an incoming call is received, button to switch to the hands 2. Select Contacts. the infotainment system mutes and free mode. The screen button 3. Select the name to call. a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. changes to Handset once the Bluetooth device confirms it is 4. Select the desired contact Accepting a Call operating as handsfree. number to call. There are a few ways to accept a call: Making a Call Using Contacts To make a call using the Recent and Recent Calls Calls menu: . Press g on the steering wheel Calls can be made through the 1. Touch the Phone screen controls. button. Bluetooth system using personal . Touch Answer on the cell phone contact information for all 2. Select Recent. infotainment display. phones that support the Phone Book feature. Become familiar with Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
134 Infotainment System
Declining a Call . Touch Ignore on the infotainment 4. Once all calls are merged, the There are a few ways to decline display. Merge button becomes an a call: Unmerge button. Touch to Switching Between Calls (Call unmerge the calls. Some Waiting Calls Only) . Press i on the steering wheel phone service carriers may not controls. To switch between calls, touch the allow a merged call to become phone icon on the Home Page to unmerged. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display “Call View.” While in Call display. View, touch the call information of Ending a Call Call Waiting the call on hold to change calls. . Press i on the steering wheel Call waiting must be supported on Three-Way Calling controls. the Bluetooth phone and enabled by Three-way calling must be . Touch End on the infotainment the phone service carrier to work. supported on the Bluetooth phone display to end all existing calls, Accepting a Call and enabled by the phone service or touch End next to a call to carrier to work. end only that call. There are a few ways to accept a call-waiting call: To start a three-way call while in a Some phone service carriers may current call: not allow a merged call to become . Press g on the steering wheel unmerged. 1. In the Call View, select Add to controls. add another call. Dual Tone Multi-Frequency . Touch Switch on the 2. Initiate the second call by (DTMF) Tones infotainment display. selecting from RECENT, The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can Declining a Call CONTACTS, or KEYPAD. send numbers during a call. This is There are a few ways to decline a 3. When the second call is active, used when calling a menu-driven call-waiting call: touch Merge to conference the phone system. three-way call together. 1. Touch the Phone screen . Press i on the steering wheel button. controls. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 135
2. While in the Call View, touch Bluetooth (Voice Use the “Voice Keypad” command l to raise the Interaction for international numbers or special Selector. Recognition) numbers which include * or #. 3. Select Keypad and enter the Using Bluetooth Voice Once connected, the person called number. Recognition will be heard through the audio speakers. Voice Mail To use voice recognition, press the g button on the steering wheel. To call using a contact from your The default voice mail number is the phone book: phone number of the currently Use the commands below for the connected phone. The voice mail various voice features. For 1. Press g. The system responds additional information, say Help number can be changed in “ ” Command Please, followed while in a voice recognition menu. “ ” Bluetooth settings. by a tone. See Voice Recognition 0 124 for To dial a voice mail number: help using voice recognition 2. Say “Dial” or “Call” and then 1. Touch the Phone screen commands. say the contact name. For example “Call John at Work.” button. Making a Call 2. Select Voice Mail. Once connected, the person called Calls can be made using the will be heard through the audio 3. Select Call. following commands. speakers. 4. Enter the DTMF tones using Using the “Dial” or “Call” Using the “Switch Phone” the keypad if needed. Command Command To call a number: 1. Press g. The system responds 1. Press g. The system responds “Command Please,” followed “Command Please,” followed by a tone. by a tone. 2. After the tone, say “Switch 2. Say “Dial” or “Call” followed by Phone.” The system displays a the complete phone number. list of phones to select. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
136 Infotainment System
Using the “Voice Keypad” Text Messaging Note Command . There may be previous If equipped, the infotainment system configuration required in your 1. Press . The system responds g may allow text messages to be mobile to have this function “Command Please,” followed received and replied to. Received working properly. by a tone. messages can also be read aloud. . Due to the variety of devices and 2. After the tone, say “Voice Before using the text messaging their firmware versions, your Keypad.” The system allows feature, check to see if the phone is device may respond differently entry of special numbers and compatible. when performing this function. characters. See your dealer for details. . Any inquiries regrading your Using the Voice Mail Command “ ” Text Menu phone functionality, refer to the device manual. 1. Press g. The system responds Inbox : Touch to display incoming “Command Please,” followed messages. To view a message, Viewing a Text Message by a tone. press on the name of the sender. While viewing a text message: 2. After the tone, say “Voice Mail.” Press > to listen to the text Touch Reply to reply using a The system dials the voice mail message. Press BACK on the . predefined text message. number of the connected faceplate or press the Back screen phone. button to go back to the . Touch Call to place a call to the sender of the text message. Clearing the System previous menu. Settings : See Text Settings later Unless information is deleted out of “ ” Viewing Sender Information in this section. the vehicle Bluetooth system, it will If equipped, touch the name of the be retained. This includes phone Reply : Touch to reply using a sender to view sender information if pairing information. For directions predefined text message. See “Text this information matches contact on how to delete this information, Settings.” information already stored. see “Deleting a Paired Phone.” Call : Touch to place a call to the sender of the text message. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 137
Select a Predefined Message : Memory Full To use Android Auto and/or Apple Touch to select from a set of quick This message may display if there is CarPlay: messages. Touch the message no more room on the phone to store 1. Download the Android Auto to send. messages. app to your phone from the Predefined Messages Google™ Play store. There is Text Settings no app required for Apple These are short text messages that Text Alerts : When on, this feature CarPlay. can be used to send so responses will display an alert when a new text will not have to be typed. 2. Connect your Android phone or message has been received. Touch Apple iPhone by using the The messages can be deleted or a to turn on or off. compatible phone USB cable new message can be added. Manage Predefined Messages : and plugging into a USB data To add a new message: Touch to add, change, or delete port. For best performance, use 1. Touch Text Settings, then press predefined messages. the device's factory-provided Manage Predefined Messages. USB cable. Aftermarket or Apple CarPlay and third-party cables may 2. While in the predefined not work. messages list view, select Add Android Auto The PROJECTION icon on the New Predefined Message and If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or a keyboard displays. Home Page will change to Android Apple CarPlay™ capability may be Auto or Apple CarPlay depending 3. Type a new message and available through a compatible on the phone. Android Auto and/or touch the Check button when smartphone. If available, a Apple CarPlay may automatically done to add the message. PROJECTION icon will appear on launch upon USB connection. If not, Press BACK on the faceplate the Home Page of the infotainment press the Android Auto and/or Apple or touch the Back screen display. Carplay icon on the Home Page to button to go back to the launch. predefined messages list. For further information about 4. Touch M to delete a predefined Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in message the vehicle, seek the assistance of your dealer. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
138 Infotainment System Android Auto is provided by Google Note Settings and is subject to Google’s terms To end Android Auto, disconnect the and privacy policy. CarPlay is phone from the USB port or change The Settings menu allows provided by Apple and is subject to the USB setting on the phone . adjustment of different vehicle and Apple’s terms and privacy policy. radio features. The menu may For Android Auto support see If Android Auto does not start after contain the following: https://support.google.com/ plugging a compatible device, certify androidauto or Apple CarPlay that the options “Android Auto" and Time and Date USB autorun" under settings menu support at https://www.apple.com/br/ “ Touch SET TIME to edit the time are active. ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may and then touch + or − to increase or change or suspend availability at In some cases, it might be decrease hours, minutes, and AM or any time. necessary to unpair the phone from PM. Press 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or If Android Auto device is connected the radio before plugging the USB 24 hour clock. cable to start the Android Auto. while another device was paired, Touch SET DATE to edit the date the switch devices pop up message and then press + or − to increase or will appear as follows: decrease month, day, or year. “Connecting Android Auto, will Touch CLOCK DISPLAY to choose disconnect Bluetooth ON or OFF to show the time in the Device (Name)." screen. Note Language For using Android Auto function, the date of Infotainment System should This will set the display language in be the same as the Android Auto the radio, instrument panel, and device. voice recognition. Press Language and select the appropriate Note language. Press [ to go back to the For your safety, some applications previous menu. are disabled while your vehicle is in motion. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 139
Valet Mode (If Equipped) . Number of Favorites Shown: Vehicle Touch to set the number of This will lock the infotainment 1. Press Settings on main screen favorites to display. Select Auto, system and steering wheel controls. of Infotainment System. 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, It may also limit top speed, power, 50, 55, or 60. Auto will adjust the 2. Select Vehicle menu. and access to vehicle storage number of favorite locations that locations (if equipped). 3. The following items will display: can be seen. Touch [ to go back . Climate and Air Quality. To enable valet mode: to the previous menu. . Collision / Detection 1. Enter a four-digit code on the . Audible Touch Feedback: This Systems. keypad. feature adjusts the sound of the 2. Touch Enter to go to the touch. This feature can be . Comfort and Convenience. confirmation screen. turned ON or OFF. . Lighting. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. . Auto Volume: If equipped, this . Power Door Locks. feature adjusts the volume Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or based on the vehicle speed. See . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start. unlock the system. Touch [ to go 0 AM-FM Radio 102. Climate and Air Quality back to the previous menu. . Maximum Startup Volume: This . Auto Fan Speed. Radio feature sets the maximum startup volume. If the vehicle is ‐ Select the desired option from Touch to display the Radio Menu started and the volume is the list. and the following may display: greater than this level, the . Auto Rear Demist (if equipped). . Manage Favourites: Touch to volume is adjusted to this level. highlight a favorite to edit. Touch To set the maximum startup ‐ Select On or Off. Rename to rename the favorite volume, touch + or − to increase Collision / Detection Systems or Delete to delete it. Touch and [ or decrease. Touch to go back . Rear Cross Traffic Alert. hold the station to drag it to a to the previous menu. new location. Touch Done to go ‐ Select On or Off. back to the previous menu. . Side Blind Spot Alert. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
140 Infotainment System
‐ Select On or Off. ‐ Select the desired option from . Voice Mail Numbers: This the list. feature displays the voice mail Comfort and Convenience . Remote Door Unlock. number for all connected . Chime Volume. phones. The voice mail number ‐ Select All Doors or may be changed by touching the ‐ Press – or + to set the chime Driver Door. volume. EDIT button, typing in the new . Relock Remote Unlocked Doors. number, and touching SAVE. . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Touch [ to go back to the (If equipped). ‐ Select On or Off. previous menu. Select On or Off. . Remote Window Operation. ‐ . Text Message Alerts: This Lighting ‐ Select On or Off. feature will turn text message alerts on or off. Touch Text . Vehicle Locator Lights. Bluetooth Message Alerts and then select ‐ Select On or Off. From the Bluetooth screen button, OFF or ON. Touch [ to go back the following may be displayed: . Exit Lighting. to the previous menu. See Text . Pair New Device: Touch to add a Messaging 0 136. ‐ Select the desired option from new device. the list. Voice . Device Management: Touch to Power Door Locks connect to a different phone From the Voice screen button, the . Auto Door Lock. source, disconnect a phone, following may be displayed: or delete a phone. . Confidence Threshold: Select ‐ Select On or Off. . Ringtones: Touch to change the Confirm More for a system Remote Lock, Unlock, Start ring tone for the specific phone. response to a command. Select . Remote Unlock Light Feedback. The phone does not need to be Confirm Less for the system to connected to change the proceed with the command ‐ Select Off or Flash Lights. ring tone. without responding. . Remote Lock Feedback. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 141
. Prompt Length: Select Short for Rear Camera or Continue. Touch the [ Back brief, direct feedback or Long for Touch to display the Rear Camera screen button to go back to the more information feedback. menu. See “Driver Assistance last menu. Touch [ Back to go to the Systems” in the owner manual. . Restore Radio Settings: previous menu. . Guidance Lines: This feature Restores factory radio settings. . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch can be turn ON or OFF. TouchRestore Radio Settings. Slow, Medium, or Fast for Touch Cancel or Continue. [ . Rear Park Assist Symbols: This If continue is touched, a feedback speed. Touch to go feature can be turn ON or OFF. back to the previous menu. confirmation pop-up will appear Return to Factory Settings indicating the radio settings have . Display “What can I say?” Tips: been restored. Touch ON or OFF to change the Touching Continue restores all display tips. factory settings. Press q BACK on the faceplate or touch the Back screen button to go Display Select Return to Factory Settings and the following list may display: back to the main settings menu. From the Display screen button, the following may be displayed: . Restore Vehicle Settings: Restores factory vehicle . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to settings. TouchRestore Vehicle calibrate the touchscreen and Settings. Touch Cancel or follow the prompts. Touch [ to Continue. If continue is touched, go back to the previous menu. a confirmation pop-up will . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn appear indicating the vehicle the display off. Touch anywhere settings have been restored. on the display area or any . Clear All Private Data: If faceplate button again to turn available, use to erase personal the display on. private data before loaning or selling the vehicle. TouchClear All Private Data. Touch Cancel Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
142 Infotainment System Trademarks and and iPod touch® are trademarks of Schedule I: Gracenote EULA (if Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. equipped) License Agreements and other countries. Android Auto is a trademark of Trademarks and Licence Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a Agreements trademark of Apple Inc. RMVB
Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote is the industry standard in music "Made for iPod," and "Made for recognition technology and related iPhone," mean that an electronic content delivery. For more Portions of this software are accessory has been designed to information visit included under license from connect specifically to iPod or www.gracenote.com. RealNetworks, Inc. Copyright iPhone, respectively, and has been Music-related data from Gracenote, 1995-2012, RealNetworks, Inc. All certified by the developer to meet Inc., copyright © 2000 to present rights reserved Apple performance standards. Gracenote. Gracenote Software, Apple is not responsible for the Bluetooth® copyright © 2000 to present operation of this device or its Gracenote. One or more patents The Bluetooth word mark and logos compliance with safety and ® owned by Gracenote may apply to regulatory standards. Please note are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, this product and service. See the that the use of this accessory with Inc. and any use of such marks by Gracenote website for a iPod or iPhone may affect wireless General Motors is under license. non-exhaustive list of applicable performance. iPhone®, iPod®, iPod Other trademarks and trade names Gracenote patents. Gracenote, classic®, iPod nano®, iPod shuffle®, are those of their respective owners. CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote logo and logotype, and Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 143
the "Powered by Gracenote" logo content providers shall be entitled to Servers, including all ownership are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections rights. Under no circumstances will trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to Gracenote become liable for any United States and/or other Gracenote. payment to you for any information countries. You agree that you will use that you provide. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its rights Gracenote Terms of Use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers under this Agreement against you This application or device contains for your own personal directly in its own name. software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree The Gracenote service uses a Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). not to assign, copy, transfer or unique identifier to track queries for The software from Gracenote (the transmit the Gracenote Software or statistical purposes. The purpose of "Gracenote Software") enables this any Gracenote Data to any third a randomly assigned numeric application to do disc or file party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE identifier is to allow the Gracenote identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, service to count queries without music-related information, including THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, knowing anything about who you name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, are. For more information, see the information ("Gracenote Data") from EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY web page for the Gracenote Privacy online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN. Policy for the Gracenote service. databases (collectively, "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive The Gracenote Software and each functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data, item of Gracenote Data are licensed Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if representations or warranties, application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your express or implied, regarding the license terminates, you agree to accuracy of any Gracenote Data. This application or device may cease any and all use of the Gracenote reserves the right to contain content belonging to Gracenote Data, the Gracenote delete data from the Gracenote Gracenote's providers. If so, all of Software, and Gracenote Servers. Servers or to change data the restrictions set forth herein with Gracenote reserves all rights in categories for any cause that respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote deems sufficient. No also apply to such content and such Software, and the Gracenote warranty is made that the Gracenote Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
144 Infotainment System
Software or Gracenote Servers are © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights PERSONAL AND error-free or that functioning of Reserved. NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A Gracenote Software or Gracenote CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE Servers will be uninterrupted. MPEG4–AVC (H.264) VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH Gracenote is not obligated to THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1 provide you with new enhanced or UNDER THE AVC PATENT VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE additional data types or categories PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS that Gracenote may provide in the PERSONAL AND ENCODED BY A CONSUMER future and is free to discontinue its NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND services at any time. CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO LIMITED TO, IMPLIED VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL WARRANTIES OF A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS PERSONAL AND USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// GRACENOTE DOES NOT VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO WWW.MPEGLA.COM. PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT MPEG4–Visual WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL USE OF THE GRACENOTE BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY SOFTWARE OR ANY USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MANNER THAT COMPLIES WITH GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR LIABLE FOR ANY WWW.MPEGLA.COM. USE BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL AND CONSEQUENTIAL OR VC-1 INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT REVENUES. PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 145
MP3 Map End User License © United States Postal Service® MPEG Layer-3 audio coding Agreement 2014. Prices are not established, controlled, or approved by the technology licensed from END USER TERMS ® Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. United States Postal Service . The The Map Data Disc (“Data”) is following trademarks and WMA provided for your personal, internal registrations are owned by the This product is protected by certain use only and not for resale. It is USPS: United States Postal intellectual property rights of protected by copyright, and is Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. Microsoft. Use or distribution of subject to the following terms (this TERMS AND CONDITIONS such technology outside of this “End User License Agreement”) and product is prohibited without a conditions which are agreed to by Personal Use Only: You agree to license from Microsoft. you, on the one hand, and HERE use this Data for the solely North America, LLC (“HERE”) and personal, noncommercial purposes For more information on the its licensors (including their for which you were licensed, and Software, including any open source licensors and suppliers) on the not for service bureau, timesharing software license terms (and other hand. or other similar purposes. Except as available source code) as well as otherwise set forth herein, you copyright attributions applicable to The Data for areas of Canada agree not to otherwise reproduce, the Runtime Configuration indicated includes information taken with copy, modify, decompile, above, please contact the permission from Canadian disassemble or reverse engineer Manufacturer or contact QSSC at authorities, including: © Her Majesty any portion of this Data, and may 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, the Queen in Right of Canada, © not transfer or distribute it in any Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 Queen's Printer for Ontario, © form, for any purpose, except to the ([email protected]). Canada Post Corporation, ® extent permitted by mandatory laws. GeoBase . You may transfer the Data and all HERE holds a nonexclusive license accompanying materials on a from the United States Postal permanent basis if you retain no Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® copies and the recipient agrees to information. the terms of this End User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may only Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
146 Infotainment System
be transferred or sold as a complete comprehensive geographic data, NON-INFRINGEMENT, set as provided to you and not as a any of which may lead to incorrect MERCHANTABILITY, subset thereof. results. SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESS Restrictions No Warranty FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Except where you have been This Data is provided to you “as is,” NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE specifically licensed to do so by and you agree to use it at your own OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HERE and without limiting the risk. HERE and its licensors (and BOSCH (OR ANY OF THEIR preceding paragraph, you may not their licensors and suppliers) make LICENSORS, AGENTS, (a) use this Data with any products, no guarantees, representations, EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY systems, or applications installed or or warranties of any kind, express or PROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE A otherwise connected to or in implied, arising by law or otherwise, WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOT communication with vehicles including but not limited to, content, ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY capable of vehicle navigation, quality, accuracy, completeness, SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION. positioning, dispatch, real time route effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a THIS DISCLAIMER OF guidance, fleet management or particular purpose, usefulness, use WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL similar applications; or (b) with, or in or results to be obtained from this CONDITION OF THIS communication with, including Data, or that the Data or server will AGREEMENT. without limitation, cellular phones, be uninterrupted or error free. palmtop and handheld computers, Disclaimer of Liability pagers, and personal digital Disclaimer of Warranty HERE AND ITS LICENSORS assistants or PDAs. THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AN “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE Warning FAULTS BASIS” AND BOSCH LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF This Data may contain inaccurate or (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR incomplete information due to the SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE passage of time, changing DISCLAIM ALL OTHER NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE circumstances, sources used, and WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION the nature of collecting IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR WARRANTIES OF INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 147
FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION under, applicable export laws, rules Government End Users OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY and regulations. Entire Agreement: If the Data is being acquired by or LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, These terms and conditions on behalf of the United States CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR constitute the entire agreement government or any other entity ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, between HERE (and its licensors, seeking or applying rights similar to INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR including their licensors and those customarily claimed by the CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES suppliers) and you pertaining to the United States government, this Data ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF subject matter hereof, and is a “commercial item” as that term OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, supersedes in their entirety any and is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR all written or oral agreements 2.101, is licensed in accordance THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS previously existing between us with with this End User License OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN respect to such subject matter. Agreement, and each copy of Data AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR Governing Law delivered or otherwise furnished TORT OR BASED ON A shall be marked and embedded as WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR The above terms and conditions appropriate with the following ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN shall be governed by the laws of the “Notice of Use,” and be treated in ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY State of Illinois, without giving effect accordance with such Notice: OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, States, Territories, and Countries do or (ii) the United Nations Convention not allow certain liability exclusions for Contracts for the International or damages limitations, so to that Sale of Goods, which is explicitly extent the above may not apply excluded. You agree to submit to to you. the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for any and all disputes, claims, and Export Control actions arising from or in connection You agree not to export from with the Data provided to you anywhere any part of the Data hereunder. provided to you or any direct product thereof except in NOTICE OF USE compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
148 Infotainment System
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ Unicode Part C – EULA SUPPLIER) Copyright © 1991-2014 Unicode, Copyright 2014, Software Systems NAME: Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights HERE North America, LLC under the Terms of Use in http:// Reserved. www.unicode.org/copyright.html. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ The product you have purchased SUPPLIER) Free Type Project ("Product") contains Software (Runtime Configuration No. 505962; ADDRESS: Portions of this software are "Software") which is distributed by copyright © 2014 The FreeType or on behalf of the Product 425 West Randolph Street, Project (http://www.freetype.org). All Chicago, IL 60606. manufacturer "Manufacturer") under rights reserved. license from Software Systems Co. This Data is a commercial item as Open Source SW ("QSSC"). You may only use the defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject Software in the Product and in The open source code used in this to the End User License Agreement compliance with the license terms device can be downloaded at the under which this Data was provided. below. webpage shown in the information © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. at the center stack display. Further Subject to the terms and conditions All rights reserved. information concerning the OSS of this License, QSSC hereby If the Contracting Officer, federal licenses is shown in the center grants you a limited, non-exclusive, government agency, or any federal stack display. non-transferable license to use the official refuses to use the legend Software in the Product for the QNX provided herein, the Contracting purpose intended by the Officer, federal government agency, Portions of this software are Manufacturer. If permitted by the or any federal official must notify copyright © 2008-2014, QNX Manufacturer, or by applicable law, HERE North America, LLC prior to Software Systems. All rights you may make one backup copy of seeking additional or alternative reserved. the Software as part of the Product rights in the Data. software. QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 rights not expressly granted herein, and retain all right, title and interest in and to Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 149
all copies of the Software, including MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES all intellectual property rights FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS therein. Unless required by ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR applicable law you may not PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY reproduce, distribute or transfer, MANUFACTURER OR ITS TO USE THE PRODUCT or de-compile, disassemble or DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED otherwise attempt to unbundle, FROM THIS LICENSE ARE TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF reverse engineer, modify or create OFFERED BY THE GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, derivative works of, the Software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS PRODUCT FAILURE OR You agree: (1) not to remove, cover DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL or alter any proprietary notices, NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES labels or marks in or on the OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS Software, and to ensure that all ASSUME ANY RISKS AFFILIATES OR THEIR copies bear any notice contained on ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN the original; and (2) not to export the OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY Product or the Software in LICENSE. OF SUCH DAMAGES. contravention of applicable export EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT WMA control laws. OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN This product is protected by certain OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR intellectual property rights of APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN Microsoft. Use or distribution of LICENSORS PROVIDE THE NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS such technology outside of this SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AFFILIATES OR THEIR product is prohibited without a WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU license from Microsoft. CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, For more information on the EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING Software, including any open source INCLUDING, WITHOUT NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR software license terms (and LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, available source code) as well as OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, copyright attributions applicable to NON-INFRINGEMENT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, the Runtime Configuration indicated Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
150 Infotainment System above, please contact the any sponsorship, approval, Introduction Manufacturer or contact QSSC at or endorsement by such companies 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, of this product. Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 Infotainment ([email protected]). Two infotainment systems are Linotype available. Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype This section describes the Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent infotainment system without built-in and Trademark Office and may be Navigation system. For the system with built-in Navigation, see registered in certain other 0 jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Introduction 98. Corp. or its licensee Note Linotype GmbH. Some functions of the Infotainment Usage in text form of each of the System may not be compatible with Licensed Trademarks is: all phones or smartphones available in the market. Such features also The trademark attribution depend on the connection with the requirements for the Licensed internet and the service offered by Trademarks may be viewed at http:// phone companies and apps www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ availability. trademarks.html. Read the following pages to END USER NOTICE become familiar with these features. The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 151
functions may grey out when they Overview { Warning are unavailable. Many infotainment features are also available through Taking your eyes off the road for the steering wheel controls. too long or too often while using any infotainment feature can Before driving: cause a crash. You or others . Become familiar with the could be injured or killed. Do not operation, faceplate buttons, and give extended attention to screen buttons. infotainment tasks while driving. . Set up the audio by pre-setting Limit your glances at the vehicle favourite stations, setting the displays and focus your attention tone, and adjusting the on driving. Use voice commands speakers. whenever possible. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called 1. O easily by touching a single { Warning button or by using a single voice . Press to turn the power on. command if equipped with . Press and hold to turn the It is illegal to touch your phone Bluetooth phone capability. power off. when driving. . Press to mute the system Make sure that Bluetooth® is Theft-Deterrent Feature when on. activated before driving. If not, The infotainment system has an . Turn to decrease or stop at a safe place to use a electronic security system installed increase the volume. mobile phone. to prevent theft. 2. d The infotainment system only works The infotainment system has built-in in the vehicle in which it was first . Radio: Press to features intended to help avoid installed, and cannot be used in automatically search for distraction by disabling some another vehicle. available radio stations with functions when driving. These good reception. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
152 Infotainment System
. USB/Bluetooth Music/ previously paired phone or Audio : Touch to select AM, FM, Movies/Pictures: Press to establish a new Bluetooth USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio, or AUX. go to the next content. enabled phone connection.) Gallery : Touch to view a picture or Press and hold to fast watch a movie. forward. Home Page Phone : Touch to activate the 3. g Touchscreen Buttons phone features (if equipped). See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 135 . Radio: Press to Touchscreen buttons show on the or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 130 or automatically search for screen when available. When a Bluetooth (Infotainment available radio stations with function is unavailable, the button Controls) 0 131. good reception. may gray out. When a function is . USB/Bluetooth Music/ selected, the button may highlight. Projection : Touch to access Movies/Pictures: Press to supported devices when connected. Home Page Features 0 go to the previous content. See USB Port 106. Press and hold to fast Settings : Touch to access the rewind. Settings menu. See Operation 0 154. 4. { . Press to go to the Home Edit Mode Page. See Home In edit mode, the home page can be Page 0 152. rearranged. 5. b 1. Press { on the control panel. . Press this button to access 2. Press and hold the any menu the Phone screen. (If there to enter the edit mode. is no connected phone, the 3. Drag and drop the desired monitor will show the menu to change the position. Device Management Menu Press { to go to the Home Page. to allow you to connect a 4. Press { to exit the edit mode. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 153
Note 1. Volume button If the customer's connected . The edit mode exits after a . Move the button upward to phone supports Speech timeout of inactivity of VOL + button to increase Recognition, press and hold 30 seconds. the volume. the button to activate the phone's SR (Speech . If you drag and drop the menu . Move the button downward recognition) mode. on the arrow, the menu will be to - button to decrease the arranged on the previous or volume. . If an iPhone is connected, next page. press and hold to enter the 2. 5 button Siri function. . The maximum number of edit mode pages is three. . Press this button to decline 4. _ /^ (seek) an incoming call or end a Steering Wheel Controls current call. . When _ /^ are pressed up/down. (If equipped) . Press this button to mute or unmute the infotainment In Radio modes, changes system when not on a call. broadcast frequencies saved. 3. % button In USB/iPod/Bluetooth . When there is no audio modes, changes connected Bluetooth the file. device, the Infotainment system executes the . When _ /^ are pressed Bluetooth device and held. connection. In USB/iPod/Bluetooth . When there is a connected audio modes, rewind or fast Bluetooth device, press the forward the file. button to answer the call or enter the redial selection mode. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
154 Infotainment System
Operation Note 4. Select a Preset tone setting or When changing the audio source, a a Custom tone setting and the Radio Controls difference in volume may be Fader/Balance: experienced. The infotainment system is operated Preset by using the pushbuttons, menus shown on the display, and steering Settings . Talk, Rock, Jazz, Pop, wheel controls. Auto Volume Country, Classical, or Custom. Turning the System On or Off This feature automatically adjusts Custom O : Press to turn the radio on. the radio volume to compensate for Press and hold to turn the radio off. road and wind noise. . Bass, Midrange, or Treble: The level of volume compensation Touch − or +. Automatic Switch-Off can be selected, or the feature can Fader or Balance If the infotainment system has been be turned off. turned on after the ignition is turned . Adjust the front/rear or left/ off, the system will turn off 1. Press {, then touch Settings. right speakers by dragging automatically after 10 minutes. 2. TouchRadio. the dot in the vehicle image on the screen. If the ignition is turned off and the 3. Select Auto Volume. user opens the driver door of the 5. Touch 3 to go back to the 4. Select the desired setting. vehicle, the system is turned off source screen. automatically. 5. Touch 3 to go back to the Setting the 12/24 Hour Format Volume Control source screen. 1. Press {, then touch Settings. O : Turn to increase or decrease. Tone Settings Press when the system is on to 2. Touch Time and Date, then mute and unmute the system. 1. Press {, then touch Settings. select 12h or 24h format. 2. TouchRadio. 3. Touch 3. 3. TouchTone Settings. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 155
Setting the Month and Day 2. TouchRadio. 3. Select language displayed on Format 3. Touch Manage Favourites, then the Infotainment system. 1. Press {, then touch Settings. select the number of favorite Vehicle list on the radio screen. 2. Touch Time and Date, then Set 1. Press {, then touch Settings. Date Format. Audible Touch Feedback 2. TouchVehicle. 3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/ 1. Press {, then touch Settings. 3. Touch the desired item: month/year), MM/DD/YYYY 2. TouchRadio. (month/day/year), or YYYY/ . Comfort and Convenience: MM/DD (year/month/day) 3. Turn on or off the Audible Set Chime volume format. Touch Feedback. . Lighting: Set the desired Vehicle Locator Lights and 4. Touch 3. Text Scroll Exit Lighting timing. Setting the Time and Date 1. Press {, then touch Settings. . Power Door Locks: Turn Auto Door Lock on or off. 1. Press {, then touch Settings. 2. TouchRadio. . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start: 3. Turn on or off the Text Scroll. 2. Touch Time and Date, then Set ‐ Remote Unlock Light Time or Set Date. Maximum Startup Volume Feedback: Select Off or 3. Touch + or − to adjust the Flash Lights. 1. Press {, then touch Settings. value. ‐ Remote Lock Feedback: 2. TouchRadio. 4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM or Select the desired option from the list. PM for 12 hour format. 3. Touch Maximum Startup Volume, then set between 13 ‐ Remote Door Unlock: 5. Touch 3 to go back to the to 37. Select All Doors or source screen. Language Driver Door Manage Favorites { ‐ Relock Remotely 1. Press , then touch Settings. Unlocked Doors: Select 1. Press {, then touch Settings. 2. TouchLanguage. on or off. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
156 Infotainment System
‐ Remote Window Apple CarPlay (If available) 3. Select on or off. Operation: Select on 1. Press {, then touch Settings. . On: If you connect the or off. device through USB port, it Bluetooth 2. TouchApple CarPlay. will be launched 3. Select on or off. automatically. 1. Press {, then touch Settings. Android Auto (If available) . Off: If you connect the 2. TouchBluetooth. device through USB port, it 3. Touch the desired item: 1. Press {, then touch Settings. will not be launched automatically. . Device Information: Check 2. TouchAndroid Auto. the device information. 3. Select on or off. Rear Camera (If equipped) . Device management: Note The Rear Camera menu is available in vehicles which has Rear Vision Select the desired device Even though you set the Projection and connect/disconnect or Camera (RVC) option. (Vehicles feature "Off", connecting the device produced with Rear Vision Camera). delete. and pressing the projection feature . Change Pairing PIN: on home screen will display pop up 1. Press {, then touch Settings. Manually change/set the message as following: "While active, PIN code. New device will be displayed on this 2. TouchRear Camera. screen". . Ringtones: Change the . Guidance Lines: Select the ringtone. Guidance Lines feature to USB Auto Launch turn on or off. . Sort Order: Change the 1. Press {, then touch Settings. sorting order of contacts. . Rear Park Assist Symbols: (First/Last or Last/First) 2. TouchUSB Auto Launch. Select the Rear Park Assist Symbols feature to turn on . Voice Mail Numbers: or off. Change the voice mail number. Return to Factory Settings 1. Press {, then touch Settings. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 157 2. TouchReturn to Factory Radio Direct Tune Settings. From the AM or FM menu: . Restore Vehicle Settings: AM-FM Radio 1. TouchTune. Restore all vehicle settings. Playing the Radio 2. Enter the station number. . Clear All Private Data: Clear all private data from { : Press to go to the Home Page. 3. TouchGo. the system. O : Press to turn on, mute, Favorite . Restore Radio Settings: or unmute the system. Press and S T Restore all radio settings. hold to turn off the system. 1. Touch or to scroll through the favorite pages. Selecting a Band 2. Touch the station to select it. { 1. Press . Station List 2. TouchAUDIO. 1. From the AM or FM menu, 3. TouchSource. touch Menu. 4. Select AM, FM, DAB, USB, 2. Select Station List. Bluetooth or AUX input. 3. Touch Q or R to scroll through The last station that was playing the list. Touch the station to starts playing again. select it. Selecting a Station Update Station List Seek Tuning . From the AM or FM menu, touch Menu, then touch Update Station If the radio station is not known: List. The broadcasting list Press g or d to automatically updating will begin. search for available radio stations. . During the AM or FM broadcasting list update, touch Cancel to stop the updates. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
158 Infotainment System
RDS 3. Touch and hold any of the especially around tall buildings or Setting the RDS function in the FM preset buttons to save the hills, causing the sound to fade in radio RDS supported. current radio station to that and out. button of the selected . From the FM menu, turn on or favorites page. AM off the RDS. To change a preset button, tune to The range for most AM stations is Menu the new desired radio station and greater than for FM, especially at touch and hold the preset button. night. The longer range can cause Touch to choose between available station frequencies to interfere with menus for the current source. Radio Reception each other. Static can occur when Storing a Station as a Favorite things like storms and power lines Frequency interference and static interfere with radio reception. When Stations from all bands can be can occur during normal radio this happens, try reducing the treble stored in any order in the favorite reception if items such as mobile on the radio. pages. phone chargers, vehicle Cell Phone Usage Up to 25 stations can be stored. convenience accessories, and external electronic devices are Cell phone usage, such as making Storing Stations plugged into the accessory power or receiving phone calls, charging, To store the station to a position in outlet. If there is interference or or just having the phone on may the list, touch the corresponding static, unplug the item from the cause static interference in the button 1−5 until a beep is heard. accessory power outlet. radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off if this happens. 1. Select the desired station. FM 2. Touch S or T to select the FM signals only reach about 16 to Radio Reception 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the desired page of saved Digital audio broadcasting favorites. radio has a built-in electronic circuit that automatically reduces Digital audio broadcasting (DAB) is interference, some static can occur, an innovative and universal broadcasting system. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 159
DAB Radio Up to 5 favorites pages can be Categories saved, and each page can store up Listening to DAB radio 1. From the DAB menu, press to five radio station. theCategories to display the 1. Press { on the control panel. To change a preset button, tune to DAB category list. The DAB 2. TouchAUDIO. the new desired radio station and category list information is touch and hold the preset button. displayed. 3. TouchSource. Listening to PRESET button 2. Touch Q or R to scroll through 4. Select DAB on the screen. The directly the list. Touch the station to DAB radio of the most recent select it. listened station is displayed. 1. Touch S or T to select the desired page of saved Note Searching for broadcasting favorites. In case of the DAB mode, only the automatically 2. Touch any of the preset buttons selected category is displayed in the Press g or d on the control panel to directly listen to the radio category list. to automatically search for available station saved to that button. Update Station List station with good reception General operation of the menu 1. From the DAB menu, press Storing a broadcasting as a theUpdate Station List to Favorite 1. Touch Menu on the DAB radio screen. display the update DAB station 1. Select the desired station. list. The DAB broadcasting list 2. Touch the desired menu to update will proceed. 2. Touch S or T to select the select the relevant item or to 2. During the DAB broadcasting desired page of saved display the item’s list update, press Cancelto stop favorites. detailed menu. it from saving changes. 3. Touch and hold any of the preset buttons to save the DAB Announcements current radio station to that 1. From the DAB menu, find the button of the selected RDS by touching Q or R. favorites page. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
160 Infotainment System
2. Select the desired option. (All, To configure the DAB settings News, Weather, Sports, options: Caution Finance, Travel, Event, 1. From the DAB menu, find the To avoid damaging the antenna or Special, Radio info, Warning, Q Traffic, Alarm) desired setting by touching the roof panel, be sure to remove or R. the antenna before entering the DAB Settings automatic car wash or a place 2. Select on or off. . L Band with a low ceiling. Note Fixed Mast Antenna Additional L-Band frequencies may Install the antenna firmly. not be used Whenever using the roof rack . Intellitext system, check if the antenna is not obstructing the area that is being Note used by the roof rack system or the Some countries may not support cargo. this feature . DAB to DAB Linking (if available): If the current DAB broadcasting is disconnected, find the same DAB broadcasting automatically. . DAB to FM Linking (if available): If the current DAB broadcasting To remove the roof antenna, rotate it is disconnected, find the same anticlockwise. To install the roof FM broadcasting automatically. antenna, rotate it clockwise. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 161 Audio Players USB Supported Folder Structure USB Port (Audio System) The infotainment system supports The infotainment system can play USB Port up to 15 stages of folder structure. the music files contained in the USB storage device or iPod/iPhone Using the USB Port Connecting a USB Storage products. Device or iPod/iPhone The infotainment system can play Audio System Information music or movies by connecting a To connect a USB storage device, device to the USB port. connect the device to the USB port. Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files USB Support To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect . Music files with .mp3, .wma, one end of the device's cable to the .ogg, and .wav file name If equipped, the USB connector is in iPod/iPhone and the other end to extensions can be played. the front of the center console, and the USB port. uses the USB 2.0 standard. . MP3 files that can be played: Bit The iPod/iPhone charges while it is rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps. Not all iPods and USB drives are connected to the vehicle if the Sampling frequency: 48 kHz, compatible with the USB port. ignition is in position 1 or 2. See 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05 Make sure the iPod has the latest Starting the Engine 0 189. When the kHz, and 16 kHz. ® firmware from Apple for proper vehicle is turned off, the iPod/ . Files with a bit rate above operation. iPod firmware can be iPhone automatically powers off and 128 kbps will result in higher updated using the latest iTunes® will not charge or draw power from quality sound. application. See www.apple.com/br/ the vehicle's battery. itunes. . ID3 Tag information for MP3 For more information on USB files, such as the album name For help with identifying your iPod, usage, see “Audio System and the artist, can be displayed. go to www.apple.com/br/support. Information” under later in this section. . To display album title, track title, The USB port can play both lower and artist information, the file and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, should be compatible with the and .wav files stored on a USB ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats. storage device. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
162 Infotainment System
Using USB Storage Devices and performance of the USB hub. . Some iPod/iPhone product iPod/iPhone If there is not enough power models may not support the . Use a USB or flash memory type supply, it may not operate connectivity or functionality of storage device. Do not connect normally. this product. using a USB adaptor. . Do not disconnect the USB . Only connect the iPod/iPhone . Do not connect and reconnect storage device while it is playing. with connection cables the USB device repeatedly in a This may cause damage to the supported by iPod/iPhone short time, as this may cause product or affect the products. Other connection static electricity and problems performance of the USB device. cables cannot be used. using the device. . Disconnect the USB storage . The iPod/iPhone may be . Use a USB device with a metal device when the ignition is damaged if it is connected to the connecting terminal. turned off. If the ignition is turned vehicle with the ignition on. on while the USB device is When not in use, disconnect the . Connection with i-Stick Type connected, the USB device may iPod/iPhone. USB storage devices may be be damaged or may not operate faulty due to vehicle vibration. . When the iPod/iPhone is normally. connected to the USB port with . Do not touch the USB . USB storage devices can only an iPod/iPhone cable, Bluetooth connecting terminal. be connected for playing music/ music is not supported. . The time it takes to process files movies and viewing photo files. . The iPod/iPhone playback will depend on the USB storage . Do not use the USB terminal to functions and the information device type and capacity, and charge USB accessory displayed may be different when the type of files stored. equipment. The heat generated played on the infotainment . Some USB storage device files may cause performance issues system. may not be compatible. or damage. . Up to two USB devices and one . Music files to which Digital Right iPod can be played through a Management (DRM) is applied USB hub. All devices may not be cannot be played. supported, depending on the Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 163
Changing to Next/Previous Files . Touch l to change to the next file. . Touch g within five seconds of the playback time to play the previous file. Returning to the Beginning of the . Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already Current File classification items related to the connected: search function provided by the Touch g after five seconds of the iPod/iPhone. . Press {. playback time. USB Player . TouchAUDIO. Scanning Forwards or Backwards Playing Music from a USB Device . TouchSource. Touch and hold g or l during playback to rewind or fast forward. Connect the USB device to the . TouchUSB. . Release the button to resume USB port. To stop the USB device and select playback at normal speed. Play will start automatically after another media source, touch . Playing a File Randomly the system has finished reading Source, then select the other the USB device. source. Touch Z during playback. . If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select . ON : Plays all files randomly. connected, an error message another function, then remove the displays and the system will USB device. . OFF : Returns to normal playback. switch to the previous audio Pause function. Using the USB Music Menu . Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback. . Touch r to resume. . Touch the desired menu. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
164 Infotainment System
Browse Music iPod/iPhone Player To remove the device, select 1. TouchBrowse Music. This feature is limited to models another function, then remove the device. 2. Touch the desired music. supporting the iPod/iPhone connection. Pause Tone Settings Playing Music Files . Touch j to pause. . TouchTone Settings. The Tone . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the Settings menu is displayed. See . Touch to resume. USB port. r “Tone Settings” under “Radio Changing to Next/Previous Song Controls” in Operation 0 154. . Play will start from the previously Auto Volume played point after the system . Touch l to change to the has finished reading the USB next song. . TouchAuto Volume. The Auto device. Volume menu is displayed. See Touch g within three seconds . If a non-readable USB device is . “Auto Volume” under “Radio connected, an error message of the playback time to play the Controls” in Operation 0 154. displays and the system will previous file. MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) switch to the previous audio Returning to the Beginning of the . Connect a MTP supported function. Current File device. If the iPod/iPhone is already Touch g after three seconds of the . Play will start automatically after connected: playback time. the system has finished reading 1. Press {. Scanning Forwards or Backwards the MTP device. 2. TouchAUDIO. g l . If a non-readable MTP device is Touch and hold or during connected, an error message 3. TouchSource. playback to rewind or fast forward. Release the button to resume displays and the system will 4. TouchiPod. switch to the previous audio playback at normal speed. To stop the device and select function. Playing a File Randomly another media source, touch Source, then select the other Touch Z during playback. source. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 165
. ON: Plays all files randomly. USB Port (Picture System) 3. Touch \. . OFF: Returns to normal The infotainment system can view Some features are disabled while playback. picture files stored on a USB the vehicle is in motion. Using the iPod Menu storage device and devices that support Media Transfer Viewing a Slide Show . Touch Menu during playback. Protocol (MTP). 1. Touch z from the picture . Touch the appropriate Picture System Information screen. play mode. . Supported file extensions: .jpg, 2. Touch the screen to cancel the Browse Music .bmp, .png, .gif. slide show during the slide show playback. 1. TouchBrowse Music. . Animated GIF files are not 2. Touch the desired music. supported. Viewing a Previous or Next Tone Settings . Some files may not operate due Picture to a different recording format or . TouchTone Settings. The Tone Touch S or T from the picture the condition of the file. Settings menu is displayed. See screen. “Tone Settings” under “Radio Viewing Pictures Rotating a Picture Controls” in Operation 0 154. 1. Connect the USB device to the w Auto Volume USB port. Touch from the picture screen. . TouchAuto Volume. The Auto 2. Touch the screen to open to full Enlarging a Picture Volume menu is displayed. See screen. Touch the screen again Touch x from the picture screen. “Auto Volume” under “Radio to return to the previous Controls” in Operation 0 154. screen. Using the USB Picture Menu If the compatible USB device is 1. Touch MENU from the picture already connected: screen. 1. Press {. 2. TouchGALLERY. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
166 Infotainment System
2. Touch the appropriate menu: . Playable codec format: H.264 If the USB device is already . Slide Show Time: Allows codec. connected: selection of the slide show . Playable Audio format: MP3, 1. Press {. interval. AC3, AAC, WMA. 2. TouchGALLERY. . Clock, Temp. Display: . Max video bitrate: Allows selection of On or 3. Touch z. ‐ mpeg-1: 8 Mbps Off to show the clock and Movie is not available while driving. temperature on the full ‐ mpeg-4 (mpg4, mp42, mp43): screen. 4 Mbps Pause . Display Settings: Adjusts . Max audio bitrate: . Touch j to pause. for Brightness and Contrast. ‐ mp3: 320 Kbps . Touch r to resume. 3. Touch 0 to exit. ‐ wma: 320 Kbps Changing to Next/Previous Movie USB Port (Movie System) ‐ ac-3: 640 Kbps . Touch u to change to the The infotainment system can play ‐ aac: 449 Kbps next file. movie files stored on a USB storage . Movie files to which Digital Right device and devices that support Management (DRM) is applied . Touch t within five seconds of Media Transfer Protocol (MTP). may not be played. the playback time to play the previous file. Movie System Information Playing a Movie File . Available resolution: Lower than 1. Connect the USB device to the Returning to the Beginning of the 1280 x 720 (W x H) pixels. USB port. Current Movie . Frame rate: Less than 30 fps. 2. Touch the screen to open to full Touch t after five seconds of the . Playable movie file: mp4. The screen. Touch the screen again playback time. playable movie file may not be to return to the previous played according to the codec screen. format. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 167
Scanning Forwards or Backwards . Clock Temp. Display: Playing Music Allows selection of On or Touch and hold t or u during To play music from the device, if the Off to show the clock and device is already connected: playback to rewind or fast forward. temperature on the full Release the button to resume screen. 1. Press {. playback at normal speed. . Display Settings: Adjusts 2. TouchAUDIO. Viewing Full Screen for brightness and contrast. 3. TouchSource. Touch t from the movie screen. 3. Touch 0 to exit. 4. Touch AUX. Touch t again to return to the previous screen. Auxiliary Devices 5. Touch 0. Using the USB Movie Menu Using the Auxiliary Input Jack To adjust the tone settings, see “Preset Tone Settings” and “Custom 1. Touch MENU from the movie Settings menus and functions may Tone Settings” under “System screen. vary depending on vehicle options. Settings” in Operation 0 154. 2. Touch the appropriate menu: If equipped, the auxiliary input jack . Tone Settings: shows the can be used to connect external audio devices such as an iPod®, sound setup. See “Tone ® Settings” in iPhone , MP3 player, CD player, Operation 0 154. and other supported devices for use as another source for audio . Auto Volume: Automatically listening. This input jack is not an adjusts the volume audio output; do not plug according to the speed of headphones into the front auxiliary the vehicle. See “Auto input jack. Volume” in Operation 0 154. If equipped with auxiliary input jack the infotainment system can play music connected by the auxiliary device. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
168 Infotainment System Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system The system may not work with can use a Bluetooth-capable cell all cell phones. See “Pairing” phone with a Hands-Free Profile to Bluetooth (Overview) later in this section. make and receive phone calls. The If equipped with Bluetooth® infotainment system is used to capability, the system can interact { Danger control the system. The system can with many Bluetooth phones, PDAs, be used while in ignition position 1 or other devices to: Taking your eyes off the road for or 2. See Starting the Engine 0 189. too long or too often while using Not all phones support all functions . Place and receive hands-free and not all phones work with the calls. any infotainment feature can cause a crash. You or others Bluetooth system. . Transmit hands-free data. could be injured or killed. Do not There may be restrictions on using . Play audio streaming files. give extended attention to Bluetooth wireless technology in infotainment tasks while driving. The device must be paired first. See some locations. Limit your glances at the vehicle “Pairing” later in this section. Due to the variety of Bluetooth displays and focus your attention To minimize driver distraction, devices and their firmware versions, on driving. Use voice commands the device may respond differently before driving, and with the vehicle whenever possible. parked: when performing over Bluetooth. . Become familiar with the Bluetooth (Infotainment features of the cell phone. Organize the phone book and { Warning Controls) contact lists clearly and delete It is illegal to touch your phone To use infotainment controls to duplicate or rarely used entries. when driving. access the menu system, see If possible, program speed dial Overview 0 98. or other shortcuts. Make sure that Bluetooth® is Pairing . Review the controls and activated before driving. If not, operation of the infotainment stop at a safe place to use a A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone system. mobile phone. must be paired to the Bluetooth system and then connected to the Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 169
vehicle before it can be used. See When the Bluetooth device and 6. When the Bluetooth device and your mobile phone manufacturer's infotainment system are infotainment system are user guide for Bluetooth functions successfully paired, the phone book successfully paired, the phone before pairing the mobile phone. is downloaded automatically. This is functions are displayed on the dependent on the type of phone infotainment system. Pairing Information paired. If the automatic download . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 does not occur, proceed with the Pairing a Phone – SSP and Paired capability cannot be paired to phone book download on the Device the vehicle as a phone and an phone. When a paired device is on the MP3 player via USB port at the infotainment system and SSP is same time. Pairing a Phone – SSP and No supported: Paired Device . Up to 10 cell phones can be 1. Press {. paired to the Bluetooth system. When there is no paired device on the infotainment system and Simple 2. TouchSettings. . Pairing only needs to be Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported: completed once, unless the 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device pairing information on the mobile 1. Press {. Management. phone changes or the mobile 2. Touch PHONE or press on 4. Touch the desired device to phone is deleted from the % the steering wheel. pair. When the Bluetooth system. device and infotainment system . Only one paired mobile phone 3. TouchSearch Device. are successfully paired, the can be connected to the 4. Touch the desired device to device name is highlighted on Bluetooth system at a time. pair on the searched list the pair device screen. If no screen. desired device is available go . If multiple paired cell phones are to Step 5. within range of the system, the 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up system connects to the first screen of the Bluetooth device 5. Touch Search Device to search available paired cell phone in the and infotainment system. for the desired device. order that they were first paired. 6. Touch the desired device to pair on the searched list screen. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
170 Infotainment System
7. Touch Yes on the pop-up 5. Input the Personal 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device screen of the Bluetooth device Identification Number (PIN) Management. and infotainment system. code (default: 1234) to the 4. Touch the desired device to . The connected phone is Bluetooth device. When the pair. When the Bluetooth Bluetooth device and highlighted by 5. device and infotainment system infotainment system are are successfully paired, the . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free successfully paired, the phone device name is highlighted on functions are displayed on the and phone music functions are the pair device screen. If no infotainment system. enabled. desired device is available go If the connection fails, a failure to Step 5. . 5 indicates only the hands-free message is displayed on the function is enabled. 5. Touch Search Device to search infotainment system. for the desired device. Z . indicates only Bluetooth If a Bluetooth device was previously 6. Touch the desired device to music is enabled. connected, the infotainment system pair on the searched list executes the auto connection. screen. Pairing a Phone – No SSP and No However, if the Bluetooth setting on Paired Device the Bluetooth device is turned off, a 7. Input the Personal When there is no paired device on failure message is displayed on the Identification Number (PIN) the infotainment system and SSP is infotainment system. code (default: 1234) to the not supported: Bluetooth device. When the Pairing a Phone – No SSP and Bluetooth device and 1. Press {. Paired Device infotainment system are successfully paired, the device 2. Touch PHONE or press on When a paired device is on the % infotainment system and SSP is not name is highlighted on the pair the steering wheel. supported: device screen. 3. TouchSearch Device. 1. Press {. . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free 4. Touch the desired device to and phone music functions are pair on the searched list 2. TouchSettings. enabled. screen. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 171
. 5 indicates only the hands-free 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device versions over 1.2 must be function is enabled. Management. registered and connected to the 4. Touch the name of the device vehicle. . Z indicates only Bluetooth to be disconnected. . From the cell phone or Bluetooth music is enabled. 5. TouchDisconnect. device, find the Bluetooth device Connecting a Paired Bluetooth type to set/connect the item as a Device Deleting a Bluetooth Device stereo headset. 1. Press {. 1. Press {. . e will appear on the screen if 2. TouchSettings. the stereo headset is 2. TouchSettings. successfully connected. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device Management. . The sound played by the Management. Bluetooth device is delivered 4. Touch the device to be 4. Touch the device to delete. through the infotainment system. connected. 5. Touch Y. . Bluetooth music can be played only when a Bluetooth device Checking the Bluetooth 6. TouchDelete. Connection has been connected. To play { Note Bluetooth music, connect the 1. Press . If the device to be deleted is Bluetooth phone to the 2. TouchSettings. connected, the disconnecting infotainment system. procedure needs to be performed . If the Bluetooth device is 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device previously to the deleting procedure. Management. disconnected while playing Bluetooth Music phone music, the music is 4. The paired device will show discontinued. The audio highlighted. Before playing Bluetooth music, streaming function may not be read the following information: Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device supported in some Bluetooth . A cell phone or Bluetooth device phones. Only one function can 1. Press {. that supports Advanced Audio be used at a time between the 2. TouchSettings. Distribution Profile (A2DP) Bluetooth hands-free or Phone Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
172 Infotainment System
music function. For example, Touch r to resume. . It takes time to transmit data if you convert to Bluetooth from the Bluetooth device to the hands-free while playing Phone Playing the Next Song infotainment system. music, the music is Touch l. . If the cell phone or Bluetooth discontinued. Playing music from device is not in the waiting the car is not possible when Playing the Previous Song screen mode, it may not there are no music files stored in automatically play. the cell phone. Touch g within approximately two seconds of playback time to . The infotainment system Note play the previous song. transmits the order to play from Verify the volume of your phone and the Bluetooth device in the its music player. If it is too low, you Returning to the Beginning of the Bluetooth music play mode. might not be able to hear the Current Song If this is done in a different Bluetooth music. Touch g after approximately mode, then the device transmits Note two seconds of playback time. the order to stop. Depending on Depending on the phone device the Bluetooth device options, and/or player used, the music name Search this order to play/stop may take time to activate. might not be displayed while playing Touch and hold g or l to rewind the music. or fast forward. . If the Bluetooth music playback Playing Bluetooth Music is not functioning, then check to Playing Music Randomly see if the Bluetooth device is in 1. Press {. Touch Z during playback. Touch the waiting screen mode. 2. TouchAUDIO. again to return to normal play. . Sounds may be cut off during the Bluetooth music playback. 3. TouchSource. This function may not be supported depending on the Bluetooth device. . The infotainment system outputs 4. TouchBluetooth. Do not change the track too quickly the audio from the cell phone or Pause when playing Bluetooth music. Bluetooth device as it is transmitted. Touch j to pause. Conditions that may occur when playing Bluetooth music: Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 173
Hands-Free Phone . Make outgoing calls using the Turning the Microphone On call list. and Off General Information % : Press to answer incoming calls. Touch 3 to turn the microphone on Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone 5 : Press to end a call, decline a or off. system can use a Bluetooth-capable call, or cancel an operation. cell phone with a hands-free profile Calling by Redial to make and receive phone calls. Making a Call by Entering a Phone To call by using redial: The infotainment system and voice Number control are used to operate the { . Press % on the steering wheel system. Not all phones support all . Press , then touch PHONE on controls to display the redial functions and not all phones work the screen. guidance screen. with the Hands-Free Phone system. . Press % on the steering wheel. . Touch 5 on the phone screen. Hands-Free Phone Controls If a wrong number is entered, touch Redialling is not possible when Use the buttons on the infotainment } to delete the number one digit at there is no call history. system and the steering wheel to a time, or touch and hold } to operate the Hands-Free Phone delete all digits of the number. Taking Calls system. When a phone call comes through Switching a Call to the Cell Phone the connected Bluetooth cell phone, Steering Wheel Controls (if (Private Mode) the audio system will be muted or equipped) To switch the call from the cell paused and the phone will ring with Steering wheel controls can be phone to hands-free: the relevant information displayed. used to: 1. Touch 0. Press % on the steering wheel . Answer incoming calls. controls or touch 5 on the screen. . Confirm system information. 2. Touch 0 again to switch back to hands-free. To decline the call, press 5 on the . End a call. steering wheel controls or touch . Decline a call. K on the screen. . Cancel an operation. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
174 Infotainment System
Using the Contacts Menu setting on your device is turned off, Searching for a Name 1. Touch Contacts on the phone failure message is displayed on the Select characters by using the screen. Infotainment system. keypad on the phone book screen. Q R Searching for Contacts Entries As characters are selected, the 2. Touch or to scroll through names that include those characters the list. 1. Touch Contacts on the phone will display on the phone book screen. 3. Touch the phone book entry screen. As more characters of the to call. 2. Touch 9 on the contacts name are entered, the list of possible names is shortened. 4. If there is more than one screen. number associated with the 3. Use the keypad to input the To search for the name Alex: name, touch the number name to search. For details, 1. Touch (abc) to select the first to dial. see “Searching for a Name” character. following. Note 2. Touch (jkl) to select the second When the Bluetooth of your cell 4. Touch the phone book entry character. phone and the radio are to call. successfully paired, the phone book 3. Touch (def) to select the third 5. If there is more than one character. is downloaded automatically. But the number associated with the phone book may not be downloaded name, touch the number 4. Touch (wxy) to select the fourth automatically according to the type to dial. character. of the phone. In this case, use the Making a Call from Call History phone book on your phone. We When the Bluetooth device and recommend that you “Always” infotainment system are 1. Touch Call History on the accept the Phone book connection successfully paired, the phone book phone screen. will download. Some phones may request on the initial pairing of the 2. Touch one of the following for: phone. not download automatically. If this happens, connect it again or . W All calls history. If there is a connected Bluetooth proceed with the phone book device previously, the Infotainment download on the phone. . [ Dialed calls. system executes the auto connection. But if the Bluetooth Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 175
. Y Missed calls. Trademarks and . X Received calls. License Agreements 3. Select the contact entry to call. Trademarks and Licence Making a Call with Speed Dial Numbers Agreements Touch and hold the speed dial number using the keypad on the phone screen. Only speed dial numbers already
stored on the cell phone can be ® ® used for speed dial calls. Up to DivX Certified to play DivX video, two-digit speed dial numbers are including premium content. supported. Covered by one or more of the For two-digit speed dial numbers, following U.S. patents: 7,295,673; press and hold the second digit to 7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274. make a call to the speed dial DivX®, DivX Certified® and number. associated logos are trademarks of The Bluetooth word mark and logos ® Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries Hands-Free Phone (Apple are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, and are used under license. Inc. and any use of such marks by CarPlay and General Motors is under license. Android Auto) Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto For more information see Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 137 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
176 Infotainment System
Android Auto is a trademark of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.
“Made for iPod” and “Made for iPhone” mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod, iPhone may affect wireless performance. iPod and iPhone are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Climate Controls 177 Climate Controls Climate Control . Temperature (C) Systems . Air recirculation / (D) 1 Climate Control Systems { . Heated rear window (E) Climate Control Systems . . . . . 177 Warning u Electronic Climate Control . Air conditioning (F) Do not sleep in a vehicle with the System ...... 179 Temperature Rear Air Conditioning air conditioning or heating system System ...... 182 on. It may cause serious harm or Adjust the temperature by turning death due to a drop in oxygen the knob (C). Air Vents content and/or body temperature. Adjustable Air Vents ...... 182 Blue : Cold Fixed Air Vents ...... 183 Red : Warm Maintenance Air Distribution Air Intake ...... 184 Select air outlet by turning the Passenger Compartment Air knob (A). Filter ...... 184 Air Conditioning Regular Y : To head area via adjustable air Operation ...... 184 vents ) : To head area and foot well 6 : To foot well - : To windscreen and foot well 0 : Demisting and defrosting Controls for: Fan Speed . Air distribution (A) Adjust the air flow by turning the knob (B) to the desired speed. . Fan speed (B) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
178 Climate Controls
Heated Rear Window Even though the air conditioning is Warning (Continued) turned on u (F), the vehicle will Operated by pressing the 1 produce warm air if the temperature button (E), see Heated Rear air humidity increases, so the knob is set in the red area. Window 0 29. windows may mist up. The quality of the passenger compartment air To turn off the air conditioning Air Recirculation System deteriorates and may cause the system, press the u button (F) The air recirculation mode is vehicle occupants to feel drowsy. again or turn the fan knob (B) to 0. operated with the button (D). / If the air conditioning system u (F) Use recirculation system whenever Air conditioning is on and you turn the fan knob (B) you need to cool down the air faster Press button u (F). Air conditioning to 0, the air conditioning system and for maximum cooling. Use it is functional only when the engine remains on but inactive, since the also whenever driving on dusty or and fan are running. fan is on 0. When you turn it back to smelly roads, to reduce particles motion, the air conditioning will work and odors to penetrate the The air conditioning system cools again. passenger compartment. and dehumidifies (dries) when outside temperature is a little above { Warning { Warning the freezing point. Therefore condensation may form and drip It is recommended to service the Driving in recirculation mode for a from under the vehicle. climate control systems by a prolonged period of time can If no cooling or drying is required, Holden Dealership Network or make you sleepy. Periodically turn switch the air conditioning system Authorized Repair Shop. Improper to the outside air mode for off to save fuel. service methods may cause fresh air. The air conditioning will not operate personal injury. The exchange of fresh air is when the fan control knob (B) is in reduced in air recirculation mode. the 0 position. Normal Cooling In operation without cooling, the . Operate the air conditioning (Continued) system u (F). Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Climate Controls 179
. Turn the temperature control Electronic Climate . Demisting and defrosting (D). knob (C) to the blue area for . Temperature (E). cooling. Control System . Heated rear window (G). . Turn the air distribution knob (A) { Warning to the desired position. . Air recirculation (H). . Adjust the fan control knob (B) to Do not sleep in a vehicle with the AUTO : Automatic mode, all the desired speed. air conditioning or heating system settings except temperature are on. It may cause serious harm or chosen automatically by the Maximum Cooling death due to a drop in oxygen system (F). Briefly open the windows so that the content and/or body temperature. A / O : System ON/OFF (I). hot air can disperse quickly. Temperature . Switch on air conditioning u (F). Set temperature to the desired value . Press button / (D) to by turning the knob (E). activate air recirculation. Blue : Cold. . Turn the air distribution knob (A) Red : Warm. to position Y. If the minimum temperature is set, . Set temperature control knob (C) the climate control system runs at to the coldest level. maximum cooling. . Set fan speed knob (B) to the Heating highest level. . Turn the temperature control . Open all the vents. knob (E) to the red area for Indication of Settings Controls for: heating. Fan speed (A). . Select the air distribution (C) to The selected functions are indicated . the desired position. by the LED of the activated button. . Air conditioning (B). . Air distribution (C). Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
180 Climate Controls
. Turn the fan control knob (A) to Demisting and Defrosting the the desired speed. Windows { Warning Maximum Heating . Press button 0 (D). The exchange of fresh air is reduced in air recirculation mode. Use the maximum heating mode for . Recirculation will switch to quick heating. In operation without cooling, the fresh air. air humidity increases, so the . Turn the temperature control . Air distribution and fresh air are windows may mist up. The quality knob (E) all the way to the red set automatically. of the passenger compartment air area for heating. The air conditioning will be deteriorates, which may cause . Turn the fan control knob (A) to automatically switched on. the vehicle occupants to feel maximum speed. drowsy. Switch on heated rear Air Distribution window 1 (G). Air conditioning Press the respective button for See Heated Rear Window 0 29. desired adjustment, the setting of air Activate or deactivate with the A/C distribution is indicated on the Air Recirculation System (B) button. The air conditioning is Info-Display. The air recirculation mode is only functional when the engine and Climate Control System are running. - : To windscreen and foot well. operated with the / (H) button. 6 : To foot well. When activated, external air inlet is The air conditioning system cools closed and internal air is and dehumidifies (dries) when E : To head area via adjustable air recirculated within the cabin. outside temperature is above a vents. specific level. Therefore To speed up the cool down and ) : To head area via adjustable air condensation may form and drip reach the desired temperature from under the vehicle. vents and foot well. faster, if not in the AUTO mode, the Fan Speed air recirculation function is Even though the air conditioning is recommended. turned on, the vehicle will produce Adjust the air flow by turning the fan warm air if the temperature knob is knob (A) to the desired speed. set in the red area. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Climate Controls 181
If no cooling or drying is required, The preselected temperature is Rear Air Conditioning System switch the cooling system off to automatically regulated. In the save fuel. automatic mode, the fan speed and air distribution automatically Automatic Mode AUTO regulate the air flow. Basic setting for maximum comfort: The system can be manually . Press AUTO button, the air adapted by the use of air distribution conditioning is activated and fan speed controls. automatically. Each change of settings is indicated . Open all air vents. in the Info-Display. . Set preselected temperature Activated functions are also turning knob (E). indicated by the LED in the button in some cases. All air vents are actuated automatically in automatic mode. The electronic climate control The rear air conditioning system is The air vents should therefore system is only fully operational operated with the REAR A/C button. always be open. when the engine is running. When activated, cold air will be sent The following functions can be Do not cover the sensor on the to the air vents located on the roof adapted manually, however, the instrument panel for correct of the vehicle and front air system will no longer function in operation. conditioning system will switch to automatic mode. manual mode. Manual Settings . Fan speed (A). See Rear Air Conditioning Climate control system settings can System 0 182. . Air conditioning (B). be changed by activating the . Air distribution (C). buttons and turning the rotary knobs. Changing a setting can . Demisting and defrosting (D). deactivate the automatic mode. . Air recirculation (H). To return to automatic mode, press . Power O (I). AUTO button (F). Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
182 Climate Controls Rear Air Conditioning Rotate clockwise to increase Air Vents System air flow. Air flows to the rear passenger Adjustable Air Vents The rear air conditioning system compartment via the overhead operates in conjunction with the air vents. At least one air vent must be open front passenger compartment air while cooling is on in order to conditioning system. prevent the evaporator from icing up due to lack of air movement. Rear Fan Switch
1. Turn on the air conditioning Push the slat up to open and down system. to close the vent or to adjust the air amount. 2. Press REAR A/C. 3. Rotate the rear fan speed switch to the required speed. Rotate anticlockwise to decrease air flow. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Climate Controls 183
Direct the air flow by swivelling and { Warning turning the slats. Do not attach any objects to the Fixed Air Vents slats of the air vents. Risk of damage and injury in case of an Additional air vents are located accident. beneath the windscreen, door windows and in the foot wells. Rear Air Vents
Direct the air flow by tilting and swivelling the slats.
Additional air conditioning is supplied to the rear passenger compartment via the overhead air vents. Pull the slat up to open and down to close the vent or to adjust the air amount. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
184 Climate Controls Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter Air Intake The filter removes contaminants such as pollen and dust from the air entering the vehicle. Maintenance of the pollen filter is required. Refer to the Service/ Warranty Booklet. Air Conditioning Regular Operation To ensure efficient performance, switch the air conditioning system on for a few minutes once a month, even in winter. Outside air is drawn into the vehicle through the opening between the bonnet and the windscreen. Keep the area clear of debris. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 185
Interruption of Power Lane Departure Driving and Supply ...... 194 Warning (LDW) ...... 215 Operating Drive Systems Fuel Four-Wheel Drive ...... 195 Fuel ...... 216 Filling the Tank ...... 218 Driving Information Brakes Driving Environment ...... 186 Brakes ...... 199 Trailer Towing Steering ...... 186 Antilock Brake Trailer Towing ...... 219 Off-Road Driving ...... 187 System (ABS) ...... 199 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 224 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 188 Parking Brake ...... 200 Brake Assist ...... 200 Conversions and Add-Ons Starting and Operating Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 200 Add-On Electrical New Vehicle Break-In ...... 188 Equipment ...... 224 Ignition Positions ...... 188 Ride Control Systems Starting the Engine ...... 189 Traction Control Starting the Diesel Engine . . . . 189 System (TCS) ...... 201 Parking ...... 190 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 201 Engine Exhaust Descent Control Engine Exhaust ...... 191 System (DCS) ...... 202 Diesel Particulate Filter Cruise Control Diesel Particulate Filter ...... 191 Cruise Control ...... 204 Automatic Transmission Object Detection Systems Automatic Transmission ...... 193 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Transmission Display ...... 193 System ...... 206 Shift Lever ...... 193 Parking Assist ...... 208 Manual Mode ...... 194 Side Blind Zone Electronic Driving Alert (SBZA) ...... 212 Programs ...... 194 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 213 Fault ...... 194 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
186 Driving and Operating Driving Information . Ensure that there are no obstructions that could limit Warning (Continued) brake pedal use. Driving Environment It is recommended that if gas . Continuous or heavy use of cylinders are frequently Before entering the vehicle brakes will shorten the life of the transported that a purpose-built Check that windows, mirrors and brake pads. carrying compartment be used. lamps are clean. . See Antilock Brake System 0 Ensure any transportation of gas Visually check tyre inflation. Check (ABS) 199. cylinders complies with the tyre pressures weekly. Loose Articles applicable regulations. Before driving off Do not leave loose articles or 1. Close and secure all doors. luggage in the passenger Steering compartment. Secure in the rear 2. Position the seat for load area. Electric Power Steering comfortable driving. The vehicle has electric power 3. Adjust rear view mirrors. { Warning steering. It does not have power 4. Fasten seat belts. steering fluid. Regular maintenance Portable gas cylinders can leak, is not required. 5. Check that warning indicators creating a risk of fire or explosion. illuminate when turning the If the assistance is lost due to a ignition on. See Instrument As a precaution, ensure adequate system malfunction, the vehicle can Panel Overview 0 63. ventilation when carrying gas be steered, but may require cylinders. increased effort. Brakes They must be restrained from See your dealer if there is a . Do not let the vehicle run down rolling around and, when problem. hills or coast with the engine off, possible, placed in the cargo area as the power assistance does of the vehicle. not operate. (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 187
If the steering wheel is turned until it . Be aware of uncommon noises Note reaches the end of its travel and is from the tyres and the engine. Regular off-road driving requires held against that position for an . Always drive at a speed at which more frequent maintenance. extended period of time, power you are able to maintain control Water Crossing steering assist may be reduced. of the vehicle. If the power steering is used for an Before crossing water: extended period of time, the Caution . Switch off the air-conditioning. assistance may be reduced. When driving off-road, sudden . Do not attempt to drive through Normal use of the power steering water more than 600 mm deep. assist should return when the motion and manoeuvres can system cools down. make you lose control of the . Never drive into fast-running steering. This could cause a water. The force of the water can See specific vehicle steering collision. Therefore, when driving easily move the vehicle messages under Steering System on-road and off-road, you and sideways, possibly into deeper Messages 0 83. See your dealer if your passengers should wear water. there is a problem. seat belts. . Drive very slowly through deep Off-Road Driving water. Driving too fast may After driving off-road: cause water to enter the engine Before driving off-road: and cause major damage. 0 . Remove any debris from under . Check the fuel level. Fuel 216. the vehicle or bonnet. It may . Immediately after driving through . Check spare tyre pressure. See become a fire hazard. deep water, drive slowly and Tyre Pressure 0 278. check the brake pedal force. . After driving through mud or If the brakes are wet, press . Check fluids levels. See Engine sand, clean and check the brake firmly several times to dry them Compartment Overview 0 230. linings. out quickly. While driving off-road: . Check the body frame, steering, . If the vehicle is stationary in . Be alert to unexpected suspension, wheels, tyres, deep water for an extended time, restrictions. exhaust system, fuel lines and water may have entered the cooling system. engine, transmission, Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
188 Driving and Operating differentials and wheel bearings. Starting and Ignition Positions Contact a Holden Dealer as soon as possible. Operating Hill and Mountain Roads New Vehicle Break-In If the vehicle is driven frequently Use the following precautions to over hilly terrain, it must be improve performance: maintained in good condition. The . Do not make full throttle starts. fluids, tyres and brake pads must be checked according to the . Avoid downshifting to brake or maintenance schedule shown in the slow the vehicle. Service/Warranty Booklet. . Avoid hard stops except in On a downhill road, avoid emergencies. This will allow unnecessary use of the brakes. The your brakes to bed in properly. vehicle speed can be slowed by . Avoid hard stops except in 0 : Ignition off (LOCK) shifting down a gear. emergencies to avoid premature When driving downhill, always keep wear and the need for early 1 : Ignition off (ACC), steering the engine running and a gear replacement of brakes. wheel lock released engaged. Do not drive with the . Avoid heavy acceleration and 2 : Ignition on (ON), for diesel engine turned off or by shifting into prolonged high-speed driving to engine: preheating neutral gear. avoid damage to the engine and 3 : Starting (START) to conserve fuel. . Do not tow any other vehicle. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 189
2. Turn the key to position 1 while Starting the Diesel { Danger moving the steering wheel slightly to release the lock. Engine Do not leave the key in position 1 Observe the following precautions to or 2 for extended periods while Manual transmission: Push the clutch pedal to the floor and ensure maximum turbocharger the engine is not running. This will service life. discharge the battery. move the selector lever to the neutral position. . After starting the engine, let it Do not turn the key to position 0 idle for approximately 1 to while driving. Driver could lose Automatic transmission: Move the selector lever to P or N. 2 minutes (avoid acceleration or control of vehicle and brake driving the vehicle). power assistance would be Do not accelerate. . Do not stop the engine cancelled, causing vehicle 3. Turn the ignition key to position immediately after high-load damage and risks of accident. 2 until K extinguishes. driving (such as high-speed driving or driving up steep 4. Turn the key to position 3 and gradients). Let the engine idle Starting the Engine release when the engine is for approximately 1 to 2 minutes running. to cool it down. Retained Accessory . After changing the engine oil Power (RAP) and oil filter, start the engine and The power outlets may be used let it idle for about 1 to 2 minutes after the engine is turned off. (avoid acceleration or driving the vehicle). Note The power outlets will continue to . Operate the engine above idle operate for up to 10 minutes or until speed only after normal engine a door is opened. oil pressure has been established. Forcing the See Power Outlets 0 68. turbocharger to operate before
1. Apply the park brake. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
190 Driving and Operating
the bearings are adequately On an uphill gradient turn the lubricated creates unnecessary front wheels away from Warning (Continued) friction. the kerb. Never leave the engine running in . Use only the specified engine oil On a downhill gradient turn the an area such as a closed garage and observe the inspection and front wheels towards the kerb. or underground car park. replacement intervals. 3. Shut all windows. . At low outside temperatures or 4. Turn the ignition off to lock the when the vehicle has not been steering wheel. used for a long period, normal engine oil pressure and flow is 5. Remove the key. affected. 6. Press Q on the key to lock all Under these conditions, the doors. See Keys 0 17. engine should be started and allowed to idle for a few minutes { Warning before operating at higher rpms. To avoid the possibility of injury, Parking always apply the parking brake 1. Apply the parking brake firmly firmly before exiting the vehicle. without engaging the release Be careful where you park or button. drive. As with any vehicle, do not 2. Automatic transmission: Select park or operate this vehicle in position P. areas where combustible materials such as dry grass or Manual transmission: If facing uphill or on flat ground, select leaves can come in contact with 1st gear. If facing downhill, the hot exhaust system. select reverse gear. (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 191 Engine Exhaust Diesel Particulate This allows deposited soot to be oxidised or burnt off and converted Filter to carbon dioxide (CO2). { Danger The vehicle has a Diesel Particulate This process usually takes between Engine exhaust gases contain Filter (DPF) as part of the exhaust 10 and 15 minutes but may take up poisonous carbon monoxide, system to reduce vehicle emissions. to 30 minutes depending on driving conditions. which is colourless and odourless The diesel particulate filter system and could be fatal if inhaled. collects particulates from the Increased engine speed at idle and If exhaust gases enter the interior exhaust gases to minimise emissions of odours and smoke are of the vehicle, open the windows. discharge of soot to the considered to be normal conditions during the self cleaning process. Have the cause of the fault atmosphere. Fuel consumption may also be repaired by a Holden Dealer. To prevent clogging of the filter, the higher during this period. soot particles are burnt off at regular intervals through a self cleaning Under certain driving conditions, process where additional fuel is such as stop-start traffic, the filter injected into the engine cylinders to cannot clean itself. A message is increase the particulate filter displayed when the DPF is dirty and temperature to approximately needs to perform a self cleaning. 600°C. See Diesel Particulate Filter Messages 0 81. Several factors including fuel consumed, hours of engine For the filter to clean itself, the operation, and distance travelled are vehicle must be continuously driven monitored by the Engine Control until the message extinguishes. This Module (ECM). The self-cleaning can take up to 30 minutes. occurs approximately once per tank The message extinguishes as soon of fuel. as the self-cleaning operation is complete. Turning the engine off while the message is displayed will Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
192 Driving and Operating
prevent the cleaning process from completing. This will result in Caution Caution increased fuel consumption and a reduction in engine oil life. Permanent damage can occur to Extended idle should be avoided the DPF or related components if as the DPF system will not self You will also notice a change in the the required Ultra Low Sulfur clean. During extended idle exhaust sound and engine idle Diesel (15 ppm sulfur maximum) operation, monitor the DIC for speed. This is normal. or the recommended engine oil is messages and take appropriate If you continue to drive with the DPF not used. This damage would not action. Continued idling with the warning message displayed and the be covered by the vehicle warning message displayed may exhaust filter is not cleaned as warranty. cause irreversible damage to required, the SVS (Service Vehicle the DPF. Soon) message will be displayed, since the self-cleaning process is not feasible and a dealer service is { Warning necessary. During DPF self cleaning or If the diesel particulate filter is not during extended idling, the cleaned soon, the MIL (Malfunction exhaust system and exhaust Indicator Lamp) will illuminate, an gases are very hot. Combustible 'Engine Power is Reduced' material could contact hot message will be displayed and a exhaust components under the dealer service will be necessary. See Diesel Particulate vehicle and ignite. You or others Filter Messages 0 81, Vehicle could be burnt. Do not park or idle Messages 0 79, Engine Power for an extended period of time Messages 0 81, Malfunction near or over paper, leaves, dry Indicator Lamp 0 73. grass, or other combustible materials. Keep the exhaust area clear of material that could ignite or burn. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 193 Automatic Shift Lever Note . The selector lever is locked in Transmission position P. To move, switch the The automatic transmission permits ignition on, apply the brake manual gear shifting (manual mode) pedal and push the release or automatic gear shifting (automatic button. mode) of the gears. . To engage P or R, push the release button. Transmission Display . To start the engine, press the brake pedal while in either P or N. . Do not accelerate while engaging a gear. P: (park) In park position, the . Never press the accelerator wheels are locked. Select P only pedal and brake pedal at the when the vehicle is stationary and same time. the parking brake is applied. . When a gear is engaged, the R: (reverse) Place in reverse only vehicle slowly begins to creep when the vehicle is stationary. when the brake is released. N: (neutral) Engine Braking The mode or selected gear is shown D: (drive) Used for general driving. For engine braking, select a lower in the central display of the Allows the transmission to be gear when driving downhill. instrument panel. shifted into any of the six forward gears. +-: (manual) See Manual Mode 0 194. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
194 Driving and Operating
Manual Mode No automatic shifting to a higher { Warning gear takes place at high engine speed. Do not shift down by two or more gear positions at one time. Electronic Driving Programs Grade Braking Kickdown Grade braking assists in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when driving If the accelerator pedal is pressed to on downhill gradients by using the the floor while in automatic mode, engine and transmission to slow the the transmission shifts to a lower vehicle. gear, depending on the engine speed. The first time the feature activates for each ignition cycle, a DIC message will be displayed. See Move the selector lever out of Fault Transmission Messages 0 84. position D towards the left and then * forwards or backwards as desired. In the event of a fault, Parking illuminates. The transmission no + : Upshift longer shifts automatically or 1. Press the brake pedal. -: Downshift manually because it is locked in a 2. Select position P. certain gear. If a higher gear is selected when the 3. Apply the parking brake firmly vehicle speed is too low or a lower Contact a Holden Dealer. without engaging the release gear when vehicle speed is too button. high, the shift is not executed. Interruption of Power 4. Remove the ignition key. If the engine speed is too low, the Supply Note transmission automatically shifts to If the power supply is interrupted, The ignition key can only be a lower gear. the selector lever cannot be moved removed when the selector lever is out of position P and the ignition key in position P. cannot be removed. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 195 If the battery is discharged, start the Drive Systems vehicle using jump leads. See Jump 0 Starting 262. Four-Wheel Drive If the battery is not the cause of the fault, release the selector lever and If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, remove the ignition key from the you can send the engine driving ignition switch/lock. power to all four wheels for extra traction. Release Selector Lever To get the best performance out of To shift out of P: four-wheel drive, you must be 1. Apply the brake pedal. familiar with its operation. You should use two-wheel drive high for 3. Insert a screwdriver into the most normal driving conditions. slot until the selector lever is Note unlocked. Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4. Move the selector lever to four-wheel drive for an extended position N. period of time can cause premature 5. Remove the screwdriver. wear on the vehicle drivetrain. 6. Close the cover. Note Do not engage four-wheel drive if 7. Have the vehicle repaired by a wheels of different sizes are fitted Holden Dealer as soon as as damage to the vehicle can result. possible. The repair would not be covered by the warranty. 2. Open the cover. Note Note An incorrect usage of the four-wheel Use a small screwdriver to prise the drive may damage the system. Use cover off at both ends. four-wheel drive only on tracks with Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
196 Driving and Operating
low adherence, dirt roads, grass, has received the request for a new N (Neutral) : Shift the vehicle pasture, mud, sand, whenever setting. The lamp continues to flash transfer case to N (Neutral) only additional traction is required. until all shifting criteria has been when towing the vehicle. The transfer case shift control met and the new setting has been switch is located to the side of the reached or has been engaged. { Warning parking brake handle on the console Once the new setting is fully active, between the front seats. the switch indicator lamp for the Shifting the transfer case to new setting will remain on N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Indicator lights on the shift control constantly. to roll even if the transmission is switch indicate which setting you in P (Park). You or someone else are in. The indicator lights will come could be seriously injured. Be on briefly when you turn on the sure to set the parking brake ignition and the selected setting will before placing the transfer case in remain on. If the lights do not come 0 on, you should take the vehicle in N (Neutral). See Parking 190 for service. An indicator light will flash while shifting. It will stay on 4m (Four-Wheel High) : This when the shift is completed. If the setting engages the front axle to transfer case does not shift, it will help drive the vehicle. Use return to the last chosen setting. four-wheel high when you need When the ignition key is in the extra traction, such as on snowy or position 2, the transfer case shift icy roads, or in most offroad control module monitors the transfer Rotate the shift control switch to situations. case shift control switch to shift into and out of four-wheel drive. 4n (Four-Wheel Low) : This setting determine if the driver desires a new You can choose from the following: setting. At a turn of the transfer case also engages the front axle to give shift control switch, the lamp of the 2m (Two-Wheel High) : This setting you extra traction. It sends the new desired setting will begin to is for driving in most street and maximum power to all four wheels. flash to inform the driver that the highway situations. The front axle is transfer case shift control module not engaged in two-wheel drive. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 197
You might choose four-wheel low if Shifting from Four-Wheel High setting is selected when the vehicle you were driving off-road in sand, to Two-Wheel High (4m to 2m) is in gear and/or moving faster than mud, or deep snow and while 5 km/h, the four-wheel low indicator climbing or descending steep hills. Rotate the shift control switch to the light will flash for 30 seconds but will Shifting into four‐wheel low will turn two-wheel high 2 m position. This not complete the shift and the light off engine traction control and can be done at any speed. It is will go back to the original setting. stability control, see Traction Control normal to hear and feel the vehicle Shifting from Four-Wheel Low System (TCS) 0 201. transfer case shift out of four-wheel to Two-Wheel High or Note high 4 m. Four-Wheel High (4n to 2m or 4m) Continuous driving on 4m or 4n on Shifting from Two-Wheel High high adherence tracks (dry or Four-Wheel High to Four- To shift from four-wheel low 4 n to compacted dirt or paved roads), two-wheel high 2 m or four-wheel mainly on turns or sudden Wheel Low (2m or 4m to 4n) high 4 , the vehicle must be manoeuvres, is not recommended, m To shift from Two-Wheel High 2 m or stopped or moving less than 5 km/h as it will cause premature wear of with the transmission in N (Neutral). drivetrain components as well four-wheel high 4 m to four-wheel The preferred method for shifting increasing fuel consumption. It is low 4 n, the vehicle must be stopped out of four-wheel low 4 is to have always recommended to disable 4m or moving less than 5 km/h with the n transmission in N (Neutral). The your vehicle moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h. or 4n after its intended usage. preferred method for shifting into Rotate the shift control switch to the Shifting from Two-Wheel High four-wheel low 4 n is to have your two-wheel high 2 m or four-wheel to Four-Wheel High (2m to 4m) vehicle moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h. high 4 m position. You must wait for Rotate the shift control switch to the the two-wheel high or four-wheel Rotate the shift control switch from four-wheel low 4 n setting. You must high indicator light to stop flashing two-wheel high 2 m to the four-wheel wait for the four-wheel low 4n and stay on before shifting the high 4 m setting. This can be done at indicator light to stop flashing and transmission into gear or releasing any speed below 120 km/h. stay on before shifting the the clutch pedal. If two-wheel high transmission into gear or releasing or four-wheel high setting is the clutch pedal. If four-wheel low selected when the vehicle is in gear Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
198 Driving and Operating
and/or moving faster than 5 km/h, on. The N (Neutral) red four-wheel high. With a disengaged the two-wheel high or four-wheel indicator light will come on transfer, there is no power flow the high indicator light will flash for when the transfer case shift to either axle, thus allowing towing 30 seconds but will not complete the N (Neutral) is complete. without the driveline binding. shift and the light will go back to the Note original setting. Shifting Out of Neutral Upon releasing the shift control After towing the vehicle, you will switch from N (Neutral) setting, the Shifting to Neutral (2m, 4m or 4n have to shift out of N (Neutral) in switch will rotate to the four-wheel to Neutral) order to drive. To shift out of low (4 ) setting. The transfer case Use N (Neutral) when you plan to n N (Neutral), do the following: tow the vehicle. See Towing the will remain in N with red N (Neutral) indicator light illuminated until a new 1. Set the parking brake and Vehicle 0 264 for towing apply the brake pedal; instructions. The vehicle must be setting is selected. stopped. To shift the transfer case 5. Press and hold the brake pedal 2. Shift the transmission to into N (Neutral) with the key on and shift the transmission to N (Neutral) position; position ON, do the following: R (Reverse) for 1 second, then 3. Start the vehicle or keep the 1. Set the parking brake. shift the transmission to D engine off and turn the key to (Drive) for 1 second to insure the ACC/ACCESSORY 2. Press the brake pedal and shift the transfer case is in position; the transmission in N (Neutral). N (Neutral). If the transfer case 4. Rotate the transfer case shift is not in N (Neutral), repeat this 3. Shift the transfer case to control switch from the procedure starting at Step 3. two-wheel high 2 m. four-wheel low 4 n setting to the 6. Place the transmission selector 4. Rotate the shift control switch desired setting; lever in P (Park). clockwise past four-wheel low 5. Release the parking brake. 4 n to N (Neutral). Hold the 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. switch in the N (Neutral) setting This N (Neutral) setting is a for at least 20 seconds or wait four-wheel drive neutral, meaning until the red Neutral indicator the front and rear outputs of the light stops flashing and stays transfer case are disengaged as in Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 199 Brakes Antilock Brake Operation ABS operation is noticeable by The brake system comprises two System (ABS) pulsing of the brake pedal and the independent brake circuits. ABS: noise of the regulation process. If one brake circuit fails, the vehicle . Continuously monitors the The initial self-check may also be can still brake using the other brake vehicle's braking system, audible. circuit. However, the braking effect preventing the wheels from is achieved only when the brake locking. Keep the brake pedal fully pressed pedal is pressed firmly. throughout the braking process, Allows maximum braking effort Considerably more force is needed . without pumping it. Pumping the while full steering control is for this. The braking distance is brake pedal can reduce brake retained, even in the event of extended. Contact a Holden Dealer. efficiency. panic braking. When the engine is not running, If the vehicle is travelling above such as when the vehicle is being { Warning 50 km/h and ABS braking occurs, towed and the brake pedal has the centrally mounted rear high-level been depressed once or twice, Do not let this special safety brake lamp will flash. braking requires greater force. feature tempt you into taking risks when driving. Traffic safety can { Warning Caution only be achieved by adopting a responsible driving style. You When the ignition is turned on, Do not drive with your foot resting should always adjust the vehicle's the ! warning light briefly on the brake pedal. This will speed to suit road and traffic illuminates. The self-check of the accelerate wear of the brake conditions. Always maintain an ABS may be audible. components and cause the adequate distance to the vehicle (Continued) brakes to become overheated. in front of you. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
200 Driving and Operating
2. Press the release button and Hill Start Assist (HSA) Warning (Continued) lower the lever all the way down. The HSA system assists in If the ! warning light (ABS off) preventing rollback when driving off, To reduce the operating forces of on the instrument panel display while on an incline. the parking brake, press the foot does not extinguish, or illuminates brake at the same time. 1. Release the brake pedal. when driving, a malfunction has 2. Press the accelerator pedal. occurred. { Warning The brakes remain on for Note: The vehicle's brake system approximately 2 seconds. remains operational, but without Never drive the vehicle with the ABS assistance. Have a Holden parking brake applied. Dealer check the system as soon as possible. See Brake and Clutch System Warning Light 0 73. See Brake and Clutch System Warning Light 0 73. Brake Assist If the brake pedal is pressed quickly Parking Brake and forcefully, maximum brake force Applying the parking brake: is automatically applied (full braking). 1. Apply the parking brake firmly without engaging the release Maintain steady pressure on the button and apply as firmly as brake pedal for as long as full possible when on an uphill or braking is required. Maximum brake downhill gradient. force is automatically reduced when the brake pedal is released. Releasing the parking brake: 1. Pull the lever slightly upwards. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 201
. Deactivate by pressing for Ride Control Systems Warning (Continued) g approximately 2 seconds. Traction Control vehicle's speed should always be Traction Control Off is displayed System (TCS) adjusted to suit road and traffic on the DIC. conditions. Always maintain an TCS improves driving stability when adequate distance to the vehicle . TCS is reactivated by pressingg necessary, regardless of the type of in front of you. again, for approximately road surface or tyre grip, by 2 seconds. preventing the driving wheels from Operation Traction Control On is displayed spinning. on the DIC. As soon as the driving wheels start The g switch is located in front of . When active d flashes. to spin, engine output is reduced the selector lever. and the wheels are braked . TCS is also reactivated the next individually. This considerably time the ignition is turned on. improves the driving stability of the vehicle on slippery road surfaces. . See Ride Control System Messages 0 82. When four-wheel drive is active, TCS is operational on the rear Electronic Stability wheels only. Control (ESC) { Warning ESC: . Improves driving stability in any Do not let this special safety driving situation. feature tempt you into taking risks when driving. Traffic safety can . Assists in maintaining vehicle only be achieved by adopting a In certain circumstances, it may be stability when the vehicle's grip responsible driving style. The helpful to deactivate the TCS. level is exceeded such as a sudden lane change, slippery or (Continued) unexpected road conditions. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
202 Driving and Operating
. Alters engine power and/or . See Ride Control System braking on specific wheels, Messages 0 82. improving the vehicle's steering control and power delivery, on Descent Control wet or slippery roads, System (DCS) particularly on snow and ice. . The DCS allows the vehicle to { Warning travel on a steep decline at speeds between approximately Do not let this special safety 7 km/h and 30 km/h (manual feature tempt you into taking risks transmission) or 4 km/h and when driving. Adapt speed to the 30 km/h (automatic road conditions. transmission) without pressing In certain circumstances, it may be the brake pedal. helpful to deactivate ESC. Operation . When the system is activated . Deactivate by pressing g for and while the vehicle is moving The g switch is located in front of approximately 7 seconds. at speeds between the selector lever. approximately 7 km/h and g illuminates and ESC Off is 30 km/h (manual transmission) displayed on the DIC. or 4 km/h and 30 km/h . ESC is reactivated by pressing (automatic transmission), it will g again for approximately maintain the desired descent 2 seconds. speed when the vehicle is on a steep slope. Both TCS and ESC are reactivated and g extinguishes. . The desired descent speed within the active range can be . When active d illuminates. varied by using the accelerator or brake pedals to set the speed. . ESC is also reactivated the next time the ignition is turned on. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 203
. Noise or vibration from the brake While travelling at speeds below . When in standby mode and the system may be noticeable when 50 km/h: vehicle speed exceeds 50 km/h, the system is in operation. DCS deactivates. . Press 5. . The message Reduce Speed for Caution 5 illuminates green on the Hill Descent Control may display instrument panel. when DCS is activated and Use only when descending steep vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h. gradients while driving off-road. During operation, 5 flashes. Deactivation Do not use when driving on Note normal road surfaces. . Pressing the accelerator or While travelling at speeds below Unnecessary usage of the DCS, brake pedals while DCS is 50 km/h: such as while driving on normal activated, will adjust the desired . Press 5 roads, may damage the brake descent speed. system and the ESC function. 5 If pressed, DCS operation will extinguishes. stop until the accelerator or System Protection Activation brake pedals are released. When operated continuously for 5 stops flashing. prolonged periods of time, . If the DCS is activated and the temperatures may increase within vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h, the brake system: 5 extinguishes and the system . DCS may enter a protection remains in standby mode. mode, gradually releasing the When the vehicle speed drops brakes, and temporarily disabling DCS. below approximately 30 km/h, 5 illuminates and DCS is . 5 will extinguish. activated. . Traction Control Off may display on the DIC. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
204 Driving and Operating . All other braking functions will Cruise Control continue to operate normally. { Warning . Once the brakes are at normal Do not use the cruise control temperatures, press 5 at when road or driving conditions speeds below 50 km/h to require varying speeds. reactivate the DCS. A consistent speed isn't practical in heavy, varying traffic or on winding, slippery or rough roads. The cruise control does not apply the vehicle's brakes. Therefore the vehicle may gain speed when going down steep hills. When climbing steep hills, the The cruise control: vehicle may lose speed. You may need to switch off cruise control . Maintains the vehicle's speed without pressure on the and use the accelerator pedal. accelerator pedal. . Will only operate at speeds Setting Cruise Control above approximately 20 km/h. 1. Press ON OFF. . Controls are located on the I illuminates white. steering wheel. 2. Accelerate to the desired For safety reasons, cruise . speed (above 20 km/h). control cannot be activated until the foot brake has been 3. Push the switch down to SET/-. operated once. I illuminates green. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 205
4. Take your foot off the Deactivation Note accelerator pedal. . Press CANCEL. Switching the ignition off also Increasing Set Speed deletes the stored speed. I illuminates white. . Push the switch up to RES/+ and hold it or briefly push to Alternatively, do one of the RES/+ repeatedly. following: The vehicle will accelerate. . Reduce vehicle speed below approximately 20 km/h. . Alternatively accelerate to the desired speed and store by . Press the brake pedal. pushing the switch down to . The TCS or the ESC operates. SET/-. Resume Stored Speed Note When the cruise control is on and Vehicle speed can be increased by speed is above 20 km/h: depressing the accelerator pedal. When the accelerator pedal is . Push the lever up to RES/+. released, the previously stored The most recently set speed will speed is resumed. automatically resume. Decreasing Set Speed I illuminates green. 1. Push the switch down to SET/- and hold it or briefly push to Switching Off SET/- repeatedly. . Press ON OFF. The vehicle will decelerate. I extinguishes. 2. Release the switch at the The stored speed is deleted. desired speed. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
206 Driving and Operating Object Detection Note Warning (Continued) Vehicles may not be detected on Systems curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, warning with enough time to help due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle avoid a crash. It also may not Forward Collision Alert ahead is partially blocked by provide any warning at all. FCA (FCA) System pedestrians or other objects. FCA does not warn of pedestrians, will not detect another vehicle If equipped, the FCA system may animals, signs, guardrails, ahead until it is completely in the help to avoid or reduce the harm bridges, construction barrels, driving lane. caused by front-end crashes. When or other objects. Be ready to take approaching a vehicle ahead too action and apply the brakes. { Warning quickly, FCA provides a red flashing alert and rapidly beeps. FCA also FCA can be disabled with the FCA FCA does not provide a warning lights a yellow visual alert if steering wheel control. to help avoid a crash, unless it following another vehicle much too detects a vehicle. FCA may not closely. Detecting the Vehicle Ahead detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA FCA detects vehicles within a sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, distance of approximately 60 m and or ice, or if the windscreen is operates at speeds above 40 km/h. damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, { Warning or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, FCA is a warning system and or snow, or if the headlamps or does not apply the brakes. When FCA warnings will not occur unless windscreen are not cleaned or in approaching a slower-moving or the FCA system detects a vehicle proper condition. Keep the stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, ahead. When a vehicle is detected, windscreen, headlamps, and FCA the vehicle ahead indicator will or when following a vehicle too sensors clean and in good repair. closely, FCA may not provide a display green. (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 207
When your vehicle approaches Tailgating Alert { Warning another detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA display will flash and Poor illumination conditions will sound several high-pitched beeps prejudice the camera from the front. When this Collision identification of vehicles ahead. Alert occurs, the brake system may Motorcycles may not be detected prepare for driver braking to occur by the camera when its is dark more rapidly which can cause a enough outside. brief, mild deceleration. Continue to The yellow Collision Alert display apply the brake pedal as needed. will stay continuously illuminated Cruise control may be disengaged when following a detected vehicle Collision Alert when the Collision Alert occurs. ahead much too closely. Cluster Alert Press [ on the steering wheel to Selecting the Alert Timing adjust the alert sensitivity. Each press cycles the alert sensitivity through three settings: Far, Medium, Near or Off. When pressed, the current alert sensitivity setting displays briefly on Reflected LED Alert the instrument cluster. The alert sensitivity setting will be maintained until it is changed. Note Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the following alert sensitivity. The range The Collision Alert control is on the of selectable alert sensitivity may not be appropriate for all drivers and steering wheel. Press [ to set the driving conditions. FCA timing to far, medium, near, Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
208 Driving and Operating
or off. The first button press shows Cleaning the System the current control setting on the If the FCA system does not seem to DIC. Additional button presses will operate properly, cleaning the change this setting. The chosen outside of the windshield in front of setting will remain until it is changed the rearview mirror may correct the and will affect both the Collision issue. Alert and the Tailgating Alert features. The timing of both alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. Parking Assist The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will occur. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the alert timing. The range of selectable alert { Warning timing may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. The parking assist makes parking easier by measuring the distance Unnecessary Alerts between the vehicle and the FCA may provide unnecessary obstacles and giving acoustic alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles signals. It is the driver, however, in other lanes, objects that are not who bears full responsibility for vehicles, or shadows. These alerts the parking manoeuver. are normal operation and the vehicle does not need service. With Rear Parking Assist (RPA), and if equipped with Front Parking Assist (FPA), as the vehicle moves at speeds of less than 11 km/h the sensors on the bumpers may detect objects up to 2.3 m behind and 1.0 m in front of the vehicle within a Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 209
zone 25 cm high off the ground and location information for the Parking below bumper level. These Assist system. As the object gets Warning (Continued) detection distances may be shorter closer, more bars light up. during warmer or humid weather. always check the area around the For vehicles with rear vision vehicle and check all mirrors Blocked sensors will not detect camera, the information display will objects and can also cause false before moving forward or backing. detections. Keep the sensors clean show the symbol {. As the object gets closer, the symbol will get of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; Note and clean sensors after a car wash bigger and its color changes from yellow to red. Attached parts in the detection area in freezing temperatures. Beeps for cause system malfunction. FPA are higher pitched than The system consists of four for RPA. ultrasonic parking sensors in the { Warning rear bumper and four ultrasonic parking sensors in the front bumper Under certain circumstances, (if equipped). various reflective surfaces on objects or clothing as well as { Warning external noise sources may cause the system to fail to detect The Parking Assist system does obstacles. not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects located below the bumper or that are too close or too far from the Caution vehicle. It is not available at speeds greater than 11 km/h. To Sensitivity of the sensor could be The instrument cluster may have a prevent injury, death, or vehicle reduced caused by external parking assist display with bars that damage, even with parking assist, influences, e.g. layers on the show “distance to object” and object (Continued) (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
210 Driving and Operating
. The vehicle is driven above Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) 11 km/h — front and rear parking assist is deactivated. sensor surface (ice, snow, mud, Object identification in the upper soiling, multiple varnishing/ part of the vehicle can not be . The reverse gear is disengaged painting, etc.). guaranteed. — rear parking assist is deactivated. The sensor could detect a non-existing object (echo Activation . A fault in the system occurs. Note disturbance) caused by either When reverse gear is engaged, the external acoustical disturbances, front and rear systems are activated The front parking assist will such as another park assist automatically. automatically reactivate until vehicle system, or external mechanic speed exceeds 25 km/h. An obstacle is indicated by acoustic disturbances such as a car wash, The system can be manually turned rain, extreme wind conditions, warnings. The interval between the off by pressing the X button of the hail, etc. warnings becomes shorter as the vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. instrument panel while Parking Performance of the parking assist When the distance is less than Assist is on. system could be reduced due to 30 cm, the acoustic warning sounds the change of the sensor position continuously. Pressing the X button while Parking Assist is off will allow the by external changes to the Note vehicle, e.g. lowering of the shock system to turn on when activation The acoustic warning ceases if the parameters are met. absorber over lifetime due to: vehicle remains stationary for temperature changes, changing 3 seconds or more (except in Fault of tyres, loading of the vehicle, continuous sound) To test a possible fault: lowering/tuning of the vehicle etc. Deactivation 1. Park the vehicle on an area Particular conditions apply for The system is deactivated with no obstacles in a range of high vehicles (e.g. off-road 2 meters of the rear bumper. vehicles, mini vans, transporters). automatically when: 2. Apply the parking brake firmly. (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 211
3. Turn the ignition key to ON. Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) { Danger 4. Engage reverse. If equipped, RCTA displays a red 5. When the reverse gear is warning triangle with a left or right RCTA may not provide a warning engaged: pointing arrow on the RVC screen to with enough time to help avoid a warn of traffic coming from the left crash. It also may not provide any . If there is no acoustic or right. This system detects objects warning at all. signal: Check the power coming from up to 20 m from the left supply of the kit module, by or right side of the vehicle. When an verifying that the reverse object is detected, three beeps Turning the Features On or Off lights are working. sound from the left or right. . If just one acoustic signal is The system works in reverse gear. given followed shortly after by an almost continuous The system range varies acoustic signal, it indicates accordingly to the type of parking a fault sign: Seek the space vacancy, e.g. 45º. assistance of a Holden Use caution while backing up when dealer. towing a trailer, as the RCTA . If one acoustic signal is detection zones that extend out given followed by separate from the back of the vehicle do not acoustic signals like when move further back when a trailer is the vehicle gets closer to an towed. object: Seek the assistance Note of a Holden dealer. RCTA may not operate when the The X button of the instrument . If two acoustic signals are RCTA sensors in the left or right panel is used to turn on or off the given: corners of the rear bumper are Front and Rear Parking Assist. The covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, indicator LED next to the button Seek the assistance of a or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. comes on when the features are on Holden dealer. and turns off when the features have been disabled. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
212 Driving and Operating
Turn off parking assist when towing ground. This zone starts at a trailer. Warning (Continued) approximately the middle of the vehicle and goes back 5 m. Side Blind Zone making a lane change, always check mirrors, glance over your How the System Works Alert (SBZA) shoulder, and use the turn The SBZA symbol lights up in the If equipped, the SBZA system is a signals. side mirrors when the system lane-changing aid that assists detects a moving vehicle in the next drivers with avoiding crashes that SBZA Detection Zones lane over that is in the side blind occur with moving vehicles in the zone. This indicates it may be side blind zone (or spot) areas. The unsafe to change lanes. Before SBZA warning display will light up in making a lane change, check the the corresponding outside side SBZA display, check mirrors, glance mirror and will flash if the turn signal over your shoulder, and use the turn in corresponding side is on. signals.
{ Warning
SBZA does not alert the driver to vehicles rapidly approaching outside of the side blind zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror or animals. It may not provide The SBZA sensor covers a zone of Display Display alerts when changing lanes under approximately one lane over from When the vehicle is started, both all driving conditions. Failure to both sides of the vehicle, outside mirror SBZA displays will use proper care when changing or approximately 3.5 m. The height briefly come on to indicate the lanes may result in injury, death, of the zone is approximately system is operating. When the or vehicle damage. Before between 0.5 m and 2 m off the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left (Continued) or right side mirror display will light Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 213
up if a moving vehicle is detected in SBZA may not always alert the Rear Vision that blind zone. If the turn signal is driver to vehicles in the side blind activated in the same direction of a zone, especially in wet conditions. Camera (RVC) detected vehicle, this display will The system does not need to be The vehicle may have a RVC. flash as an extra warning not to serviced. The system may light up change lanes. due to guardrails, signs, trees, { Warning SBZA can be disabled through shrubs, and other non-moving objects. This is normal system vehicle settings. See “Collision Never rely solely on the rear operation; the vehicle does not need Detection Systems” under “Vehicle” vision camera when reversing the in the Infotainment System. If SBZA service. vehicle. is disabled by the driver, the SBZA SBZA may not operate when the There is a blind spot that can not mirror displays will not light up. SBZA sensors in the left or right be sensed by the rear vision corners of the rear bumper are camera. When the System Does Not covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, Seem to Work Properly or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. The rear vision camera is not intended to replace the driver's SBZA displays may not come on If the SBZA displays do not light up when passing a vehicle quickly, for when vehicles are in the blind zone judgement or attention to the rear a stopped vehicle, or when towing a and the system is clean, the system of the vehicle when reversing. trailer. The SBZA detection zones may need service. Take the vehicle Before entering the vehicle, that extend back from the side of to your dealer. always check that the area the vehicle do not move further back around the vehicle is clear of when a trailer is towed. Use caution When SBZA is disabled for any obstacles and people. while changing lanes when towing a reason other than the driver turning trailer. SBZA may alert to objects it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On Always perform head checks and attached to the vehicle, such as a option will not be available on the use the vehicle's mirrors when trailer, bicycle, or object extending personalisation menu. reversing. out to either side of the vehicle. This (Continued) is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
214 Driving and Operating
The RVC cannot display objects: . Guidelines to assist reversing Warning (Continued) . Close to the corners of the can be displayed. See bumper "Infotainment System" for more If the vehicle sustains any information. damage in the area of the rear . Forward of the camera vision camera, the camera may Operating the RVC . Higher than the camera become misaligned. Contact a To activate: Holden Dealer. RVC Display 1. Turn the ignition key to ON. Always keep the camera lens free The camera image appears on the 2. Select reverse gear. from dirt, snow or ice. Only use infotainment system display when mild soap and water with a soft reverse gear is selected. The camera and display cloth to clean the lens. The area directly behind the vehicle automatically activates. is displayed in real time. Note Camera Location Note When the selector lever is moved to . The distance of objects seen on another position, the RVC the screen differs from the actual deactivates. distance. Cleaning . The area displayed on the The lens requires regular cleaning screen may vary according to to ensure optimum performance. vehicle orientation or road conditions. Use only a soft cloth, mild soap and water. . Objects of different heights will appear to be different distances from the vehicle. . The display brightness automatically adjusts to suit The camera is located on the rear ambient lighting conditions. tailgate. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 215
direction. LDW uses a camera to { Danger detect the lane markings at speeds Warning (Continued) of 60 km/h or greater. Do not use abrasive cleaners or departing the lane on the side scouring pads as they could where it has detected a lane scratch the lens, impairing the { Warning marking. Always keep your systems performance. The LDW system does not steer attention on the road and the vehicle. The LDW system maintain proper vehicle position may not: within the lane, or vehicle Lane Departure damage, injury, or death could Warning (LDW) . Provide enough time to occur. Always keep the avoid a crash. windshield, headlamps, and . Detect lane markings under camera sensors clean and in poor weather or visibility good repair. Do not use LDW in conditions. This can occur if bad weather conditions. the windshield or headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, or ice; if they are How the System Works not in proper condition; or if The LDW camera is on the the sun shines directly into windshield ahead of the rearview the camera. mirror. . Detect road edges. To turn LDW on and off, press the . Detect lanes on winding or @ button on the instrument panel. hilly roads. The button indicator illuminates If equipped, LDW may help avoid when LDW is on. crashes due to unintentional lane If LDW only detects lane departures. It may provide an alert if markings on one side of the road, the vehicle is crossing a lane it will only warn you when without using a turn signal in that (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
216 Driving and Operating LDW alerts may occur due to tar Fuel marks, shadows, cracks in the road, temporary or construction lane markings, or other road { Danger imperfections. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need EXHAUST WARNING – CARBON MONOXIDE @ service. Turn LDW off if these When LDW is on, is green if conditions continue. POISONING LDW is available to warn of a lane departure. If the vehicle crosses a Intelligent Alert Suppression Exhaust gases can contain detected lane marking without using carbon monoxide, a dangerous The system alerts may be gas, which can cause the turn signal in that direction, @ suppressed in the following unconsciousness and even death changes to yellow and flashes. conditions: to both humans and animals. Additionally, there will be three beeps on the right or left, depending . Braking (obstacle avoidance). Gases could be inhaled if the on the lane departure direction. . Acceleration (passing another exhaust system on your vehicle is vehicle). faulty. When the System Does Not Seem To Work Properly . Constant curves with great To protect against exhaust gases steering wheel interaction entering the vehicle, the exhaust The system may not detect lanes as (driving downhill). system and body should be well when there are: . Turn signal activated. inspected: . Close vehicles ahead. . Each time the vehicle is . Sudden lighting changes, such serviced. as when driving through tunnels. . Whenever a change is . Banked roads. noticed in the sound of the If the LDW system is not functioning exhaust system. properly when lane markings are (Continued) clearly visible, cleaning the windshield may help. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 217
Danger (Continued) Danger (Continued) Warning (Continued)
. Whenever the exhaust Do not smoke or allow open Under no circumstances should system, underbody or rear flames or sparks near the vehicle you use diesel fuel containing of the vehicle is damaged. when refuelling. ethanol. Take the vehicle to a Holden If fuel fumes are detected while Use of such fuels may result in Dealer if you think the vehicle driving, the cause should be engine malfunction, starting and needs inspecting for any of the identified and corrected without operating difficulties and materials above reasons. delay by a Holden Dealer. degradation. Do not sit (or leave children or Static electricity can ignite fuel These adverse effects could pets) in a parked vehicle for any vapour. Only use pumps, hoses result in permanent damage to extended period of time with the and containers that are properly your vehicle and personal injury. engine running. Turn the fan on grounded when filling up with fuel. using any setting that brings To avoid injury to you and to outside air into the vehicle. Do not Fuel Types others, read and follow all run the engine in an enclosed Diesel engines must only be run instructions at the petrol area (such as the garage) any using commercially available diesel station pump. longer than is needed to move fuel that meets the requirements of the vehicle. Euro standard EN590. The use of biodiesel containing up { Warning to 5 % fatty acid methyl ester { Danger (“FAME”) also known as “B5” is also USE OF FUEL CONTAINING permitted provided that the FAME ETHANOL Always switch off the engine and meets Euro Standard EN14214, and any mobile phones when (Continued) the resultant B5 blend meets Euro refuelling. Standard EN590. (Continued) Do not use marine diesel oils or heating oils. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
218 Driving and Operating
The flow and filterability of diesel Fuel Filler Door fuel are temperature-dependent. Caution (Continued) When temperatures are low, use diesel fuel with guaranteed winter Voluntary Warranty. In no event properties. will GM Holden be responsible or bear any liability for any damage Caution or loss that may arise in connection with the use of any Use only biodiesel blends fuel that does not meet this containing up to a maximum of 5 specification. % FAME that meets Euro standard EN590. Filling the Tank Purchasing fuel from a reputable Always fill the fuel tank at the fuel retailer may reduce the risk of intermediate or fast fill rate. Do not 1. Pull the release lever. purchasing fuel with more than 5 add any more fuel after the fuel filler % FAME or fuel that has first clicks off or fuel blows back. abnormal fuel properties. This allows room for the fuel to The use of any other biodiesel expand inside the tank. that does not have the Wipe off any overflowing fuel certification referred to above, immediately from the vehicle. or has a FAME content exceeding Replace the fuel cap and close the 5 %, may cause serious damage fuel opening then spray or splash to your vehicle (including engine with water. failure). Tank Capacity Damage attributable to the use of See Capacities and non-certified biodiesel is not Specifications 0 277. covered by your New Vehicle (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 219 The fuel filler door is located at Trailer Towing the rear side of the vehicle, on the left. The word trailer is used throughout this section and includes all types of 2. Slowly remove the cap. towed vehicles, such as caravans, 3. Place the fuel filler cap in the boat trailers or any other special fuel filler door. purpose trailer. 4. After refuelling, replace the cap. 5. Wipe off any overflowing fuel immediately. 6. Close the fuel filler door.
Caution
Before entering a car wash, ensure the fuel filler door is closed to avoid damage. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
220 Driving and Operating
Maximum Towing Capacities (kg) – Braked Trailer 2.8L Diesel Maximum ball load (kg) 300 Maximum towing capacity 3,000 Note . Exceeding these values could affect the New Vehicle Voluntary Warranty. . The maximum unbraked towing capacity for all vehicles is 750 kg. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 221
Towing { Warning { Warning Handling, durability and economy may be affected by towing a trailer. Holden towing equipment is When towing a trailer, exhaust For mandatory towing equipment, recommended where it is gases may collect at the rear of see Towing and Loading Equipment available. Where it is not the vehicle and may enter if the later in this section. available, no recommendation is tailgate is open. made as to the make of A Holden Dealer will assist with When towing a trailer: equipment which should be used. supply and installation of towing . Do not drive with the equipment. Holden will not accept liability for tailgate open. defects occurring in towing Overloading equipment not marketed by . Fully open the instrument Never exceed the loads given for Holden or for defects in the panel vents and set the the towing equipment fitted to the vehicle arising from the use of climate control air vehicle. such equipment or for loss or distribution to Y or ) and All mandatory equipment must be injury caused by use of such outside air / off. fitted, otherwise you may affect the equipment. The use of such For further information about New Vehicle Voluntary Warranty, to equipment may void your New carbon monoxide, see the extent that Holden considers the Vehicle Voluntary Warranty to the Fuel 0 216. overloading or missing equipment to extent that Holden considers the have affected the specifications or non-recommended equipment quality of the vehicle. See Towing affects the specifications or and Loading Equipment later in this quality of your Holden vehicle. section. It is inadvisable to mix and match different brands of towing equipment, as equipment is usually designed as an integrated package. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
222 Driving and Operating
Trailer Recommendations . Adjust by moving items forwards or backwards within the trailer, to change the balance. . Check the tow ball load before coupling the trailer to the towing vehicle. . Axle loads must not be exceeded when the tow ball load is included. See Axle Loads under Vehicle Weight 0 275. . If maximum axle loads are . For single-axle trailers, the tow exceeded, weight should be ball load should be 10 % of the removed from the rear of the A trailer hitched to a vehicle places loaded trailer weight. For heavy vehicle. a weight on the tow bar. This weight trailers with more than one axle, . If the load balance cannot be is called the tow bar ball weight or the tow ball load should be 5 % - corrected, use a load distribution tow ball load (1). 10 % of the loaded trailer weight. hitch (only for tow bars that If the tow ball load is too light or support load distribution too heavy, the steering and hitches). handling of the vehicle may be affected. . Ensure the ball load does not exceed 10 % of the maximum loaded trailer weight. Refer to Towing and Loading Equipment later in this section. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 223
Towing and Loading Equipment . Tighten the tow ball retaining nut to 140 Nm (Newton metres) and Mandatory Recommended Tow Load check the torque frequently. Equipment Equipment . Vehicles handle differently when Up to 750 kg Holden tow bar Load distribution towing. Take a couple of short hitch. Holden trailer wiring distance trips with the trailer harness before taking a long trip. Between 750 kg and Holden tow bar Load distribution . Have the vehicle and trailer 3,000 kg hitch. correctly maintained and Holden trailer wiring serviced, with particular attention harness given to the brakes, tyres, Brakes on the trailer suspension, wheel bearings, towing coupling and lighting. . Use an extended-arm mirror on Load Distribution Hitch . Do not exceed the maximum both sides of the vehicle if necessary. . The vehicle may have a load towing capacities specified. See distribution hitch. Maximum Towing Capacities . If the vehicle has headlamp previously in this section. range adjustment, headlamps . The load distribution hitch must be removed when not in use. Do . Do not exceed the total front or may need re-aiming after the loaded trailer has been hitched. not leave the hitch assembly in rear axle loads specified. See Axle Loads under Vehicle the receiver unless a trailer is 0 . Use a lower gear and the brakes attached. Weight 275. when descending steep hills. . A load distribution hitch transfers Towing Precautions . Ensure that the tow bar does not load to the vehicle's front wheels . When heavily loading the vehicle obscure the rear number plate. aiding steering and brake or when towing, inflate tyres to Remove the tow bar tongue performance. the maximum recommended when not required for towing. pressure. See Tyre Pressure 0 250. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
224 Driving and Operating . The M10 anti-rattle bolt and nut off-road, reduce its speed and Conversions and should be removed when towing minimise the load being carried or to prevent damage to the bolt or towed. Add-Ons tow bar tongue. Vehicle Maintenance Add-On Electrical Trailer Brakes More frequent vehicle maintenance . Trailer brakes are mandatory on is required when using the vehicle Equipment trailers with a trailer mass of to tow. Refer to the Service/ Fitting Driving Lamps more than 750 kg. Warranty Booklet in the vehicle's glovebox. Do not fit any accessory over the . Consult the appropriate upper or lower air intakes at the regulatory body in your State or Trailer Sway front of the vehicle, as this may Territory for the legal affect engine cooling. requirements of trailer brakes. Control (TSC) The Holden Genuine Accessories Running-in when Towing If the system detects trailer sway are an exception, however they It is recommended that a new movements, engine power is should be removed in high load and vehicle be driven for at least reduced and the vehicle/trailer high temperature conditions. 1,500 km before towing. combination is selectively braked until the trailer sway ceases. While Caution If towing is necessary before this, the system is working, keep steering do not exceed 80 km/h. This also as still as possible. In high load and high temperature applies if the vehicle is fitted with a applications (e.g. towing) no new or reconditioned engine, TSC is a function of the Electronic objects should be fitted over the transmission or rear axle. Stability Control (ESC) system and may be disabled by turning the upper or lower air intake at the Off-Road Loading and Towing Traction Control System (TCS) or front of the vehicle, as this could To reduce the risk of damage to the ESC off. See Traction Control affect cooling. This includes System (TCS) 0 201. See Electronic removing Holden Genuine vehicle (and trailer) and to improve 0 safety when operating the vehicle Stability Control (ESC) 201. Accessories in this area, in these conditions. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 225
Fitting Roo/Nudge Bars . When driving in snowy 4. Once conditions have stopped, conditions. return the snorkel intake to its If a roo/nudge bar is to be fitted, it is original position. critical that the Holden approved . Where there are other heavy roo/nudge bar is used. Other types contaminants such as excessive must not be fitted. dust or insect swarms. The Holden roo/nudge bar is . To prevent snow or other available from a Holden Dealer and contaminants from entering the has been tested for compatibility snorkel and engine air intake. with the vehicle's design, including the Holden airbag system.
{ Warning
Fitting other types of roo/nudge bars may affect crash performance, airbag performance and engine cooling.
Roo/nudge bars should not be fitted to vehicles operating in urban areas, as they increase the risk of injury to 1. Loosen the two screws. a pedestrian in the event of a collision. 2. Remove the snorkel intake. Snorkel Intake 3. Rotate the snorkel intake 180º and refit, securing with the two It is necessary to reverse the screws. snorkel intake: Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
226 Vehicle Care
Headlamps ...... 238 Towing Vehicle Care Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 240 Towing the Vehicle ...... 264 Taillamps ...... 240 Towing Another Vehicle ...... 265 Licence Plate Lamp ...... 243 General Information Appearance Care General Information ...... 227 Electrical System Exterior Care ...... 267 Vehicle Storage ...... 227 Fuses ...... 244 Interior Care ...... 269 Emission Information ...... 227 Engine Compartment Fuse Emission Control System . . . . . 227 Block ...... 246 Instrument Panel Fuse Vehicle Checks Block ...... 248 Doing Your Own Service Work ...... 228 Vehicle Tools Bonnet ...... 229 Tools ...... 250 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 230 Wheels and Tyres Engine Oil ...... 231 Wheels and Tyres ...... 250 Engine Oil Life System ...... 232 Tyre Pressure ...... 250 Automatic Transmission Tyre Pressure Monitor Fluid ...... 233 System ...... 251 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 233 Tyre Pressure Monitor Engine Coolant ...... 233 Operation ...... 253 Washer Fluid ...... 234 Tread Depth ...... 255 Brake Fluid ...... 235 Tyre Rotation ...... 255 Battery ...... 236 Buying New Tyres ...... 256 Fuel Filter ...... 237 Wheel Covers ...... 256 Diesel Fuel System Tyre Chains ...... 257 Bleeding ...... 237 Tyre Changing ...... 257 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 237 Jump Starting Bulb Replacement Jump Starting ...... 262 Bulb Replacement ...... 238 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 227 General Information Before returning the vehicle to Emission Control System the road: Where specified, use only Holden Major emission control systems that . Connect the clamp to the genuine parts and accessories. the vehicle may have are: negative terminal of the vehicle battery. . Evaporative emission control Vehicle Storage system. This system is designed Check the power windows to prevent the escape of fuel If the vehicle is to be stored for operation. several months: vapour from the fuel system and . Check the tyre pressures. recycle the vapours through the . Wash and wax the vehicle. normal combustion process. . Fill the washer fluid reservoir. . Clean and preserve rubber . Crankcase emission control Check the engine oil level. seals. . system. This system is designed . Change engine oil. . Check the coolant level. to prevent blow-by gases from escaping into the atmosphere . Drain the washer fluid reservoir. Emission Information and recycle them through the . Check coolant and corrosion combustion process. The emission control systems are protection. designed to reduce the amount of . Exhaust emission control . Adjust the tyre pressure to the hydrocarbons (HC), carbon system. The various value specified for a full load. monoxide (CO), and oxides of components of this system nitrogen (NOx) that are emitted from operate collectively to limit HC, . Park the vehicle in a dry, well CO and NOx emissions in the ventilated place. the engine and fuel system into the atmosphere. HC and NOx, when exhaust gas. The exhaust . Open the bonnet, close all doors exposed to sunlight under certain emission control system consists and lock the vehicle. conditions, contribute to of components including Disconnect the clamp from the photochemical smog. In addition, electronic control of spark, fuel negative terminal of the vehicle CO is toxic to inhale. and idle speed. In addition battery. vehicles have a catalytic converter and closed loop Close the bonnet. mixture control system. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
228 Vehicle Care It is recommended that service and It is recommended that servicing be Vehicle Checks repair to fuel or emission systems carried out by an authorised Holden be carried out by an authorised Dealer who will maintain the Holden Dealer. vehicle's emission control system as Doing Your Own per the Service/Warranty Booklet. Service Work Owner responsibility The engine, engine control system and exhaust system of the vehicle must NOT be modified in any way.
{ Warning
Any person who removes, modifies or hinders any part of the emission control system may be contravening Australian Design Rules. It is also illegal to drive a vehicle modified in this way. { Warning
Maintenance requirements Do not touch engine compartment Have the vehicle serviced at the components when the ignition frequency shown in the is on. Maintenance schedule, in the Service/Warranty Booklet. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 229
Bonnet Opening
Note 3. Pull the support rod up and Do not step on the front Nudge Bar away from the holder and (if equipped) to access the engine secure. compartment 1. Pull the release lever Closing rearwards and upwards. 2. Push the safety catch towards the driver’s side and open the { Warning bonnet. To avoid injury and/or damage to the vehicle, check each time, before the bonnet is closed, that the contact area is unobstructed.
Before closing the bonnet, be sure all the filler caps are closed properly. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
230 Vehicle Care
1. Place the support rod into the Engine Compartment Overview holder. 2. Lower the bonnet to approximately 30 cm and allow it to drop into the catch. 3. Check that the bonnet is engaged. 4. If it is not engaged, open the bonnet and repeat Steps 2 and 3. Note Do not push on the bonnet to close.
{ Warning
If while driving you notice that the bonnet has not been properly closed, pull the vehicle over to the Diesel Engine side of the road at the earliest possible moment and close the 1. Engine Coolant 0 233 6. Engine Compartment Fuse bonnet correctly. 0 2. Brake Fluid 0 235 Block 246 0 3. Engine Oil 0 231 7. Battery 236 0 4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 8. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 233 Engine Oil 0 231 5. Washer Fluid 0 234 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 231
Engine Oil 3. Insert the dipstick to the stop on the handle. Checking Oil Level 4. Remove and read the engine . Check the engine oil level oil level. regularly and before a long The level should be at the MAX journey. mark. Add oil if the level is at . Maintain the correct level. the MIN mark. . The engine must be at operating 5. Insert the dipstick to the stop temperature and the ignition on the handle. turned off for at least 10 minutes. Note 1. Park the vehicle on a level The engine oil level must not surface. exceed the MAX mark on the The engine oil filler cap is located dipstick. on the top of the engine. For correct engine oil specification, 1. Rotate the engine oil filler cap see Recommended Fluids and anticlockwise and remove. Lubricants 0 271. 2. Add enough oil to reach below Adding Engine Oil the MAX mark on the dipstick. 3. Check the level on the dipstick See Capacities and and add further oil if necessary. Specifications 0 277. The engine oil must not exceed the MAX mark on the dipstick.
Caution
2. Remove the dipstick and wipe Overfilled engine oil must be clean. drained or suctioned out. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
232 Vehicle Care
4. Replace the engine oil filler cap indicated can vary considerably. For the oil regularly over the course of tightly. the oil life system to work properly, an oil drain interval and keep it at the system must be reset every time the proper level. { Danger the oil is changed. If the system is ever reset On some vehicles, when the system accidentally,the engine oil and filter Engine oil is an irritant and if has calculated that oil life has been must be changed in accordance ingested, can cause illness or diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE with the Maintenance schedule death. OIL SOON message comes on to outlined in the Service/Warranty Keep out of reach of children. indicate that an oil change is Booklet. Remember to reset the oil necessary. See Engine Oil life system whenever the oil is Avoid repeated or prolonged Messages 0 81. Change the oil as changed. contact with skin. soon as possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible How to Reset the Engine Oil Wash exposed areas with soap Life System and water or hand cleaner. that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system might Reset the system whenever the Be careful when draining the indicate that an oil change is not engine oil is changed so that the engine oil as it may be hot. necessary for up to a year. The system can calculate the next engine oil and filter must be engine oil change. Always reset the Engine Oil Life System changed at least once a year and, engine oil life to 100% after every oil at this time, the system must be change. It will not reset itself. To When to Change Engine Oil reset. For vehicles without the reset the engine oil life system: CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This vehicle has a computer system message, an oil change is needed 1. Display the OIL LIFE that indicates when to change the when the OIL LIFE REMAINING REMAINING on the Driver engine oil and filter. This is based percentage is near 0%. Your dealer Information System (DIC). See on a combination of factors which Driver Information Centre has trained service people who will 0 include engine revolutions, engine perform this work and reset the (DIC) 78. temperature, and miles driven. system. It is also important to check 2. Press and hold SET/CLR for Based on driving conditions, the several seconds. The oil life mileage at which an oil change is will change to 100%. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 233
If the vehicle has a CHANGE Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Checking Coolant Level ENGINE OIL SOON message and it comes back on when the vehicle is { Warning started and/or the OIL LIFE REMAINING is near 0%, the engine Do not remove the radiator cap if oil life system has not been reset. the engine and radiator are still Repeat the procedure. hot. Scalding fluid and steam can be blown out under pressure Automatic Transmission which could cause serious burns. Fluid How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level. To replace the engine air filter, A transmission fluid leak is the only release the clamp and remove the reason for fluid loss. If a leak air cleaner outlet duct. Disconnect occurs, take the vehicle to your the air sensor, unscrew the 3 dealer and have it repaired as soon screws and remove the filter as possible. housing. There is a special procedure for checking and changing the Engine Coolant transmission fluid. Because this procedure is difficult, this should be Engine Coolant Level If the cooling system is cold, the done at the dealer. Check the coolant level at least coolant level should be above the once a week. line on the coolant reservoir. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
234 Vehicle Care
Adding Coolant { Warning { Warning
Caution Avoid repeated or prolonged Do not remove the radiator cap if contact with coolant. the engine and radiator are still If the coolant level is too low, hot. Scalding fluid and steam can engine damage may occur. Wash off with soap and water. be blown out under pressure Do not spill coolant on the Keep out of reach of children. which could cause serious burns. vehicle's exterior surfaces as it can damage the paintwork. If you If the coolant level is low, there may Washer Fluid do, wash it off immediately. be a leak in the cooling system: 1. Look for leaks at the radiator Note hoses and connections, heater Use only approved coolant. See hoses and connections, Recommended Fluids and radiator and water pump. 0 Lubricants 271. Take care when checking these 1. Turn the ignition off. areas as they may still be hot. 2. Remove the coolant 2. If a major leak or other reservoir cap. problems are found, do not run 3. Add the required amount of the engine until all problems coolant. have been repaired. Contact a Holden Dealer. 4. Replace the cap securely. 3. If no problems are found, refill Check the fluid level weekly. If the coolant requires regular the coolant reservoir. See topping up, contact a Holden Adding Coolant previously in Adding Washer Fluid Dealer. this section. 1. Lift the front of the cap up. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 235
Use the correct amount of Checking Brake Fluid Level 3. Rotate the brake fluid reservoir washer fluid additive. Refer to cap anticlockwise and remove. a Holden Dealer. 4. Top up with the recommended Do not use ordinary soap or brake fluid. detergent as they froth up and damage the wiper rubbers. { Warning 2. Secure the cap. Using brake fluid other than GM Brake Fluid recommended brake fluid may cause corrosion to components of the braking system and reduced { Warning braking performance. Brake fluid is poisonous and Use only new brake fluid. Use of corrosive and will damage the old, used or inferior brake fluid The level should be between the paint finish of the vehicle if spilt. MIN and MAX marks. may endanger the functioning of the brake system. If the fluid level is correct, do not remove the reservoir cap, as brake Caution fluid exposed to the atmosphere will 5. Secure the cap by rotating quickly absorb moisture. clockwise and clean up any Avoid contact with eyes and skin. spilt fluid. Adding Brake Fluid Wash any affected area If the brake fluid requires regular immediately. See Recommended Fluids and topping up, contact a Holden Dealer Lubricants 0 271. immediately. 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Wipe the sides of the cap clean. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
236 Vehicle Care
according to the procedure Caution Warning (Continued) described in Battery Disconnection, thus avoiding its discharge. Do not dispose of used brake Take care with all metal objects fluid with household waste. and tools including items you may Battery Replacement Use the local, authorised waste wear (for example jewellery, rings For battery location, see Engine management facility. and metal watch bands) near Compartment Overview 0 230. battery terminals. For replacement, refer to a Holden Dealer or authorised repairer. Battery The vehicle battery is maintenance free, provided that the driving profile Caution { Warning allows sufficient charging of the battery. Short distance driving and Do not dispose of batteries with Batteries emit an explosive gas frequent engine starts can discharge household waste. mixture which may be ignited. the battery. Avoid the use of Therefore, you should keep unnecessary electrical consumers. Use the local, authorised waste sparks and flames away from the management facility. battery at all times. Never smoke near a battery. Battery Disconnection Batteries contain sulphuric acid. The battery may discharge if the If acid contacts skin or clothing, vehicle is not used for flush immediately with plenty of approximately four weeks. water. In case of eye contact, flush with plenty of water and Batteries must be disposed of at an To disconnect the battery: contact a doctor immediately. appropriate recycling collection 1. Turn the ignition off. point. Battery acid also damages paint 2. Disconnect the clamp from the and fabrics. To minimise damage, Laying up the vehicle for more than negative terminal of the vehicle wash off immediately. four weeks can lead to battery battery. (Continued) discharge. Disconnect the battery Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 237
Ensure the ignition is turned off Diesel Fuel System . If the blades are not wiping before reconnecting the vehicle properly, clean both the blades battery. Bleeding and the windscreen. See 0 For emergency starting when the The system requires bleeding if the Exterior Care 267. battery is flat, see Jump vehicle has run out of fuel. Starting 0 262. Note A minimum of 5 litres of diesel fuel Fuel Filter must be in the tank for the bleeding When the water level in fuel filter is operation to work correctly. excessive, Water in Fuel – Contact 1. Turn the ignition on for Service illuminates on the 15 seconds, and then off. instrument panel. 2. Repeat Step 1 three times. Caution 3. Start the engine for a maximum of 40 seconds. The engine and fuel system may 4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 after be seriously damaged if the 5 seconds. vehicle is driven while Water in If the engine does not start, Fuel – Contact Service is contact a Holden Dealer. illuminated. Contact a Holden Dealer Wiper Blade Replacement immediately to have the fuel filter Regularly check the condition of the drained. wiper blades. . Replace hard, brittle or cracked Note blades or those that smear dirt The fuel filter will be drained when on the windscreen. the vehicle is serviced. Refer to the Service/Warranty Booklet. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
238 Vehicle Care Bulb Replacement . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Headlamps Contact a trained service technician Caution High Beam if unsure about the bulb replacement process. Condensation may temporarily When replacing bulbs: appear on the inside of exterior lamp lenses after rain or washing Turn the ignition off and remove . the vehicle. Condensation occurs the key. when there is a temperature . Turn off related switches. difference between the inside and . Fit bulbs of the specified outside of the lamp allowing a fine wattage only. mist on the inside surface of the lamp lens. This condensation will . Do not touch bulbs or reflectors disappear when the vehicle is in a with bare hands. dry environment or the lamp is on. . Clean stained bulbs with If water does collect in the lamp methylated spirits. contact a Holden Dealer. 1. Remove the protective cover. Bulbs to be Changed by a Holden Dealer . Turn signal lamps on the exterior mirrors . Courtesy lamp . Reading lamps . Instrument panel lamps . LED rear lamps . Centre high-mounted brake lamp . Fog lamps Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 239
Low Beam 2. Unplug the connector from bulb. 3. Press the spring clip and disengage the bulb. 4. Remove the bulb from the reflector housing. 5. When fitting a new bulb, engage the lugs in the recesses on the reflector and press the bulb into position. 6. Plug the connector onto bulb. 2. Unplug the connector 7. Place the protective cover in from bulb. the right position and close it. 3. Press the spring clip outward 1. Remove the protective cover. and disengage it. Headlight Aim 4. Remove the bulb from the reflector housing. Caution 5. When fitting a new bulb, If the headlights need to be engage the lugs in the re-aimed, it is recommended that recesses on the reflector. the vehicle is taken to a Holden 6. Engage the spring clip. dealer for service, because it is related with safety. 7. Plug the connector onto bulb. 8. Place the protective cover in the right position and close it. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
240 Vehicle Care
Front Turn Signal Lamps Taillamps
2. Push the bulb into the socket slightly, rotate counterclockwise 1. Rotate bulb holder and remove the bulb. 1. Open both covers unscrewing counterclockwise and 3. Insert a new bulb into the bulb both screws. disengage. holder and refit the holder into the reflector and rotate clockwise to engage. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 241
2. Remove the tail light assembly 5. Remove bulb holder. Push the by pulling straight out of the bulb into the socket slightly, body. Remove the electrical rotate counterclockwise and connector. remove the bulb. 6. Insert the bulb into the bulb holder. Insert the bulb holder into the tail light assembly, connect the electrical connector and fit it into place. Install tail light assembly in body and tighten the screws. Close the covers and engage. 4. Rotate the relevant bulb holder 7. Switch on the ignition, operate counterclockwise. and check all lights. Liftgate Tail Lights 1. Open the liftgate. 3. Turn signal light (1) Tail light/brake light (2) For LED version just replace lights (1). The tail light/brake light should be replaced by a Holden dealer. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
242 Vehicle Care
4. Remove bulb form the holder. Push the bulb into the socket slightly to the bulb. 5. Insert a new bulb into the bulb holder and refit the holder into the tail light assembly and connect the electrical connector. Close the cover and engage. 6. Switch on the ignition, operate and check all lights. 2. Remove the cover. 3. Rotate the relevant bulb holder Reverse Lamps Tail light/brake light anticlockwise and remove it. For LED version the tail light/ brake light should be replaced by a Holden dealer. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 243
1. Behind the rear bumper, Licence Plate Lamp unscrew the screw to remove the reverse lamp assembly and disconnect the electrical connector.
3. Replace the bulb. 4. Insert and turn the bulb into the bulb holder and screw it into 1. Insert a screwdriver on the left place. Install the reverse lamp side of the bulb housing. assembly in body and tighten 2. Press to the side and release the screw. Connect the the spring. 2. Unscrew the both screws to electrical connector. remove the bulb holder. 3. Remove the bulb housing by 5. Switch on the ignition, operate pulling downwards, taking care and check all lights. not to pull on the cable. 4. Disconnect the electrical connector. 5. Rotate the bulb holder anticlockwise to disengage. 6. Remove the bulb from the holder and replace the bulb. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
244 Vehicle Care 7. Insert the bulb holder into the Electrical System bulb housing by rotating { Warning clockwise. Fuses When replacing a fuse be sure to 8. Connect the electrical use a fuse of the Fuse boxes are located: connector. specified amperage. . In the engine compartment 9. Insert the bulb housing into the Never install a wire or similar as it tailgate. . In a storage compartment on the could damage electrical 10. Check lamp operation. driver’s side components and cause a fire. There is a primary fuse holder Any improper alterations to the connected to the positive electrical system may cause a fire battery post. hazard and engine damage. To maintain your own safety and that { Warning of the vehicle, have any work involving the electrical system or Turn off the ignition (LOCK the replacement of high current position) and any electrical fuses or relays carried out by a equipment before changing Holden Dealer. a fuse.
. Replace blown fuses promptly. . A blown fuse can be recognised by its melted wire. . Do not replace the fuse until the cause of the fault has been remedied. . Some functions are protected by several fuses. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 245
Place the fuse extractor on the top or side of the fuse to extract the fuse.
Fuse Extractor A fuse extractor can be located in the fuse box in the engine compartment. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
246 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Mini Fuse Block Fuses Usage 2 Not Used 15A - Electric Power 3 Steering (EPS) (if available) 4 Not Used 5 15A – Horn 15A Front Fog Lamp 6 – (if available) 7 10A – High Beam LH 8 10A – High Beam RH The fuse box is in the front left of 7.5A - Engine Control 9 the engine compartment. Module - (Diesel) Disengage the cover, lift it upward 15A Powertrain 10 – and remove it. Relay (3) – (Diesel) Not all fuse box descriptions in this 20A Engine Control 11 – manual may apply to your vehicle. Module (1) (Diesel) When inspecting the fuse box, refer 10A Powertrain to the fuse box label. 12 – Relay (1) Mini 10A Powertrain 13 – Fuses Usage Relay (2) 10A Compressor 15A Powertrain 1 – 14 – A/C Clutch Relay (4) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 247
Mini Mini JCase Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 15A Run Crank 20A - Rear 50A ABS or ESC 15 – 24 – Relay Signal Wiper (SUV) SB01 Module Pump (if available) 15A Automatic 10A - Front / Rear – 25 16 Transmission Control (SUV) Washer Pump 30A – Transfer Case Module (if available) SB02 Control Module (4X4) 10A - Park Assist (if 26 (if available) 10A – Transfer Case available) Module, Head Lamp 60A Preheating 5A Body Control – 17 Leveling, Trailer 27 – SB03 Glow Plug Module Module Interface Module (if (Diesel) available) Auxiliary Lamps 28 SB04 - Provision (If equipped) 10A Power Supply – 30A Starter Motor 18 Cluster - A/C - Airbag 30A ABS or ESC SB05 – 29 – Solenoid Module Module (if available) SB06 30A Front Wiper 20A Fuel Pump 30 10A Horn – 19 – – (Diesel) 30A Fuel Heater 15A Body Control SB07 – 31 – (Diesel) 20 Not Used Module SB08 Not Used (Diesel) 30A Rear Defogger 15A Engine Control 21 – – (if available) 32 Module (Battery) SB09 30A – Spare (Diesel) 15A - Outside Rear 22 View Mirror Defogger 10A – Communication Maxi Usage (if available) 33 Wire Between 30A – Trailer Hitch Modules F34* 15A - Cab Heater Module (if available) 23 (Diesel) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
248 Vehicle Care
Maxi Usage Instrument Panel Fuse *: Located near battery positive Block terminal The fuse box is behind the instrument panel cap. Relays Usage RLY01 Starter RLY03 High Beam Viscous Heater RLY05 (Diesel) RLY08 Front Wiper Control RLY09 Front Wiper Speed Mini Fuses Usage Rear Defogger and Outside Rear View 20A – Body Control RLY10 1 Mirror Defogger (if Module (6) available) 20A Cigarette Remove the instrument panel cap in 3 – RLY11 Powertrain the direction of the arrow. Lighter (if available) RLY12 A/C Clutch Reinstall the cap in reverse order. 20A – Front and Rear 6 Power Outlets (if RLY13 Fuel Heater (Diesel) Not all fuse box descriptions in this manual may apply to your vehicle. available) RLY14 Not Used (Diesel) When inspecting the fuse box, refer 30A Body Control 7 – RLY15 Not Used to the fuse box label. Module (8) RLY18 Run Crank 20A Radio (if 10 – available) RLY19 Fuel Pump (Diesel) 11 2A – Ignition Switch Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 249
Mini Mini Mini Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 15A - Side Blind Zone 10A Sensing and 10A Front Collision 12 – – (SBZ) (If available) 25 Diagnose 37 Alert (FCA) / Rain Module (SDM) Sensor (if available) 15A Body Control 13 – Module (3) 15A Body Control 10A Rear View 26 – 39 – Module (2) Mirrors (if available) 10A Front A/C 14 – Control Module 27 2A – Clock Spring JCase 15A Seat Heated (If 7.5A Data Link 15 – 28 – Fuses Usage available) Connector (DLC) 40A – BUS-C (fuses: 15A Body Control 30 10A Tailgate Lock 16 – – 53 F12, F30, F33, F37, Module (1) 10A – Instrument F39, F40) 30A – Front Door Panel Cluster (IPC), 40A 17 31 54 – Power Window Switch Displays - Radio Accessory (12V) (Center Stack), USB 10A Rear A/C 18 – Blower 10A – Central Relays Usage Gateway Module 30A Rear Door 33 – (CGM) - Cyber RLY43 Rear A/C Blower 19 Power Window Switch Security (if available) RLY45 C-Enable 30A Front A/C 15A Body Control 34 – RAP and 20 – Blower RLY46 Module (4) Accessory (12V) 30A – Rear A/C RAP and 21 10A – Spare 35 RLY47 Blower Accessory (12V) 30A Power Seat (if 22 – available) RLY48 Run relay Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
250 Vehicle Care Vehicle Tools Wheels and Tyres . Check the air pressure of tyres (including the spare) weekly, to Tyre and Rim Condition ensure occupant safety, as well Tools as reducing fuel consumption . To avoid tyre and rim damage The jack and tools are located and increasing the life of the and possible tyre blow-out, do behind a cover on the driver s side tyres. ’ not drive over sharp edges. of the load compartment. See Tyre . Replace any valve dust caps or 0 Changing 257. . Drive over edges slowly and at extensions. right angles, if possible. . When parking, ensure the tyres Tyre Placard are not pressed against the edge of the kerb. . Check the tyres regularly for damage, stones, punctures, cuts, cracks, bulges, etc. Check the rims for damage. Contact a Holden Dealer, if in doubt. Tyre Pressure Keep the tyres at the recommended 1. Lift lever to unlatch. pressures to avoid increased fuel 2. Remove the cover. consumption, uneven and premature tyre wear. The correct pressures for tyres are 3. Unhook the strap. . Tyre pressure should be shown on the tyre placard in the 4. Remove the jack. checked when cold as tyre driver's door frame and in the tyre pressure table. See Tyre 5. Remove the tools. pressure will increase as the tyres warm up. Pressure 0 278. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 251
Always inflate the spare tyre to the 2. Tyre positions levels. The TPMS sensors monitor pressure specified for 3. Normal load (up to three the air pressure in your tires and maximum load. people) transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle. 4. Full load (five people plus load) Note 5. Spare tyre information The spare wheel may not be fitted with a TPMS sensor. Tyre Pressure Monitor The tire pressure monitoring system System checks the pressure of all four road This vehicle may have a Tyre wheels once a minute when vehicle Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). speed exceeds a certain limit.
Caution Caution
Modifications made to the Tyre The TPMS is not a substitute for Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) proper tire maintenance, and it is by anyone other than an the driver's responsibility to authorised service facility may maintain correct tire pressure, void authorisation to use the even if under-inflation has not system. reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure light. Maintaining manufacturer's recommended tire pressure is part of best practices to optimize the fuel Each tire, including the spare (if consumption of the vehicle. provided), should be checked monthly when cold. If required, the The Tyre Pressure Monitor System tires should be inflated to the 1. Tyre specifications (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure specified on the tire technology to check tyre pressure placard. (If your vehicle has tires of Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
252 Vehicle Care
a different size than the size the TPMS from functioning properly. indicated on the tire placard, you Caution Always check the TPMS malfunction should determine the proper tire light after replacing one or more inflation pressure for those tires.) Tire sealants could damage the tires or wheels on your vehicle to TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor ensure that the replacement or As an added safety feature, the damage caused by using tire TPMS illuminates a low tire alternate tires and wheels allow the sealants is not covered by the TPMS to continue to function pressure light when one or more of vehicle warranty. your tires is significantly properly. under-inflated. See Tyre Pressure Monitor Your vehicle has also been Operation 0 253. Note equipped with a TPMS malfunction Accordingly, when the low tire indicator to indicate when the Tire Learn (If equipped) pressure light illuminates, you system is not operating properly. The sensors are calibrated to the should stop and check your tires as The TPMS malfunction indicator is tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS soon as possible, and inflate them combined with the low tire pressure relearn tool. See your dealer for to the proper pressure. Driving on a light. When the system detects a service. significantly under-inflated tyre malfunction, the light will flash for causes the tyre to overheat and can approximately one minute and then Vehicle Loading lead to tyre failure. Under-inflation remain continuously illuminated. Select SET/CLR to define one of also reduces fuel efficiency and tyre This sequence will continue upon following options: tread life, and may affect the subsequent vehicle start-ups as Light : for comfort pressure up to vehicle's handling and stopping long as the malfunction exists. ability. 3 people. When the malfunction indicator is ECO : for ECO pressure up to illuminated, the system may not be 3 people. able to detect or signal low tyre pressure as intended. TPMS Max : for full loading. malfunctions may occur for a variety The ECO tire pressure serves to of reasons, including the installation achieve the smallest amount of fuel of replacement or alternate tyres or consumption possible. wheels on the vehicle that prevent Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 253
Incorrect tyre pressures will impair The low tire pressure warning light safety, vehicle handling, comfort and Caution (Continued) and the DIC warning message come fuel economy and will increase on at each ignition cycle until the tyre wear. reached the level to trigger tires are inflated to the correct illumination of the TPMS low tire inflation pressure. Using the DIC, The tire pressure tables show all pressure light. possible tire combinations. See Tyre tyre pressure levels can be viewed. Pressure 0 278. For additional information and Tyre Pressure Monitor details about the DIC operation and If the tire pressure shall be reduced displays see Driver Information or increased on a vehicle with tire Operation Centre (DIC) 0 78. pressure monitoring system, switch off ignition. After adjusting tire The low tyre pressure warning light pressure switch on ignition and may come on in cool weather when select the according setting as the vehicle is first started, and then shown previously in this section. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This could be an early indicator that the After inflating driving may be air pressure is getting low and must required to update the tire be inflated to the proper pressure. pressure values in the DIC. During When a low tyre pressure condition A Tire and Loading Information label this time 7 may light up. is detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tyre pressure warning light shows the size of the original located on the instrument cluster. equipment tires and the correct Caution If the warning light comes on, stop inflation pressure for the tires when as soon as possible and inflate the they are cold. See Tyre Pressure The TPMS is not a substitute for 0 tires to the recommended pressure 278, for an example of the Tire proper tire maintenance, and it is shown on the Tire and Loading and Loading Information label and the driver's responsibility to Information label. See Wheels and its location. Also see Wheels and 0 maintain correct tire pressure, Tyres 0 250. Tyres 250. even if under-inflation has not A message to check the pressure in (Continued) a specific tire displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC) display. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
254 Vehicle Care
The TPMS can warn about cycle. A DIC warning message also . One or more TPMS sensors are a low tyre pressure condition displays. The malfunction light and missing or damaged. The DIC but it does not replace DIC warning message come on at message and the malfunction normal tyre maintenance. See each ignition cycle until the problem light should go off when the Wheels and Tyres 0 250 and Tyre is corrected. Some of the conditions TPMS sensors are installed and Rotation 0 255. that can cause these to come the sensor calibration process is on are: performed successfully. See Caution . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. replaced with the spare tire. The . Replacement tyres or wheels do Tyre sealant materials are not all spare tire does not have a not match the original equipment the same. A non-approved tire TPMS sensor. The malfunction tyres or wheels. Tyres and sealant could damage the TPMS light and DIC message should wheels other than those sensors. TPMS sensor damage go off after the road tire is recommended could prevent the caused by using an incorrect tire replaced and the sensor TPMS from functioning properly. sealant is not covered by the calibration process is performed See Tread Depth 0 255. vehicle warranty. Always use only successfully. See "TPMS Sensor . Operating electronic devices or the GM approved tire sealant Calibration Process" later in this being near facilities using radio available through your dealer or section. wave frequencies similar to the included in the vehicle. . The TPMS sensor calibration TPMS could cause the TPMS process was not done or not sensors to malfunction. TPMS Malfunction Light and completed successfully after If the TPMS is not functioning Message rotating the tires. The properly, it cannot detect or signal a malfunction light and the DIC The TPMS will not function properly low tyre condition. See your dealer message should go off after for service if the TPMS malfunction if one or more of the TPMS sensors successfully completing the are missing or inoperable. When the light and DIC message come on sensor calibration process. See and stay on. system detects a malfunction, the "TPMS Sensor Calibration low tire warning light flashes for Process" later in this section. about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 255
TPMS Sensor Calibration Process Warning (Continued) Each TPMS sensor has a unique are not capable of being driven identification code. The identification safely at high speeds. Therefore, code needs to be matched to a new their use is not recommended. tire/wheel position after rotating the tires or replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor Tyre Rotation calibration process should also be performed after replacing a spare tire with a road tire containing the TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off . Replace the tyres when they are at the next ignition cycle. The worn to the point where the sensors are matched to the tire/ tread wear indicators (TWI) wheel positions, using a TPMS appear. relearn tool, in the following order: . Tyres age, even if they are not driver side front tire, passenger side used. Replacement of tyres front tire, passenger side rear tire, every six years is recommended. and driver side rear. See your dealer for service. { Warning It is recommended that you rotate Tread Depth Do not attempt to drive on a flat tires at every scheduled Check tread depth at regular tyre more than is necessary to maintenance service intervals. stop safely. Driving even a short distance can damage the tyre and Different forces on the front and rear tyres make them wear differently, wheel beyond repair. Tyres which depending on several factors, such have been repaired or retreaded (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
256 Vehicle Care
as road surface, driving style, suspension alignment, wheel Caution (Continued) { Warning balancing, tyre pressure, etc. . Tyre ageing depends on Do not use different sizes or The owner must evaluate the many conditions of use types of tyres and wheels than vehicle wear. This includes regular including temperature, load those originally fitted to the tyre rotation, which should be conditions, and tyre inflation vehicle. Safety and performance performed at each inspection. Tyre pressure. of the vehicle may be affected. rotation is vital to achieving even It may also affect road handling tread wear and long tyre life. . A spare tyre which has not been used within a 6-year and lead to serious injury. Tyre rotation must be performed as period should be used in When replacing tyres, install all indicated in the illustration. emergencies only. If you four tyres and wheels of the same need to use this tyre, drive Tyre condition is checked at periodic size, type, tread, brand and at low speeds. inspections by your Dealer, who can load-carrying capacity. diagnose signs of uneven wear that may compromise your car’s safety Buying New Tyres and performance. Wheel Covers Refer to the tyre placard on the Never include the temporary spare vehicle for tyre size and load rating. Use wheel covers and tyres that are tyre in the tyre rotation due to size factory approved for the vehicle and differences. Using a different size or type of tyre which comply with all of the relevant may affect: wheel and tyre combination Caution . Ride requirements. . Handling . Ageing causes tyre rubber { Warning to deteriorate. This also . Speedometer accuracy happens to the spare tyre Use of incorrect tyres or wheel . Vehicle ground clearance even if it has not been used. covers may result in damage to (Continued) . Tyre clearance the vehicle and personal injury. . Snow chain clearance Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 257
Tyre Chains . Whenever tyre chains are fitted, switch off the ESC. See Warning (Continued) . Tyre chains should be fitted only Electronic Stability Control on the rear wheels. (ESC) 0 201. Use the jack only at the designated lifting points. Use in . Remove large hubcaps and . If driving in snowy conditions other locations may result in the valve extensions that contact with a snorkel, see Snorkel parts of the chain. vehicle falling off the jack, Intake under Add-On Electrical or damage to the vehicle. Equipment 0 224. { Warning Do not start or run the engine Tyre Changing while the vehicle is supported by Tyre chains may only be used at the jack. speeds up to 50 km/h. Tyre Use the jack only for lifting the chains should only be used for { Warning vehicle when changing wheels. short distances if the roads are All passengers must be out of the not snow covered. The hard road vehicle when it is being jacked. Do not get under a vehicle that is surface causes rapid wear and supported by a jack. No person the chain may break. Tyre chain Do not jack a vehicle with a trailer should place any portion of their links should not be thicker than attached. Remove the trailer first. body under a vehicle that is 13 mm and the clasp should be Only jack the vehicle on hard, supported by a jack. well away from the bodywork. level surfaces. Vehicles with alloy wheels may Thicker chains may damage the Ensure moving parts of the jack have a steel spare wheel. Drive vehicle body. are adequately lubricated carefully and do not exceed before use. 80 km/h if the tyre size or tread pattern of the spare tyre is . Check the tyre placard for (Continued) correct tyre pressures. See Tyre different to the other tyres on the Placard under Tyre vehicle. Although the spare tyre Pressure 0 250. was fully inflated when the vehicle (Continued) Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
258 Vehicle Care
Note Warning (Continued) Do not change more than one wheel at one time. was new, it can lose air over time. Check the inflation pressure 7. Remove the tools. See regularly. Tools 0 250. After installing the spare tyre on the vehicle, stop as soon as possible to check the inflation pressure is correct. Have the flat tyre repaired or replaced and installed back on the vehicle as soon as possible. 11. Rotate the wheel wrench anticlockwise to lower the spare tyre to the ground. 1. Park on a hard, level surface, in a safe location. 12. Continue to rotate the wheel wrench until the spare tyre can 2. Apply the park brake firmly. be pulled out from under the 3. Place the shift lever in 8. Rotate the spare wheel winch vehicle. position P. access cap anticlockwise to 4. Switch the hazard warning remove. Lift the carpet flap to flashers on. access the winch slot. 5. Turn off the engine and remove 9. Assemble the wheel wrench, the key. jack handle extensions and the jack handle using a 6. Chock the wheel diagonally screwdriver. opposite the flat tyre with a suitable solid object. 10. Insert the chiselled end of the jack handle through the hole and into the slot. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 259
Wheel nut removal Jacking procedure 15. Remove the centre cap by placing the chisel end of the wheel wrench into one of the slots on the cap and gently prise the cap out. Note To protect the wheel, place a soft cloth between the wheel wrench and the wheel.
16. Turn the wheel wrench 13. Tilt the retainer and slide it up anticlockwise to loosen all the the cable so it can be pulled up wheel nuts. through the wheel opening. Note 14. Place the spare tyre near the Do not remove the wheel nuts at flat tyre. this stage. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
260 Vehicle Care
Front position: If the flat tyre is on the front of the vehicle, position the jack to the rear of the front tyre in the cut out on the frame (1). Rear position:
If the flat tyre is on the rear, position the jack under the rear axle and get as close as possible to the shock absorber (2). Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 261
23. Put the wheel nuts back on Warning (Continued) with the rounded end of the nuts towards the wheel. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. No person 24. Tighten each wheel nut by should place any portion of their hand, then use the wheel body under a vehicle that is wrench to tighten the nuts until supported by a jack. the wheel is held against the hub. 25. Lower the vehicle by reversing 18. Attach the jack handle and with the jack correctly aligned. the jacking procedure. 19. Rotate the handle until the 26. Remove the jack from under When positioning the jack wheel is clear of the ground. the vehicle. under the rear axle housing, confirm that the slot on the 20. Remove the wheel nuts. upper side of the jack fits on 21. Exchange the wheel on the the axle. vehicle with the spare wheel. 17. Set the jack to the necessary 22. Remove any rust or dirt from height before positioning it the wheel nuts and studs, directly below the jacking point mounting surfaces and spare in a manner that prevents it wheel. from slipping. { Danger { Warning Never use oil or grease on bolts Failure to position the jack as or nuts as the nuts may come 27. With the wheel on the ground, described could cause the vehicle loose. The vehicle wheel could use the wheel wrench to to slip off the jack. fall off and may lead to serious tighten the wheel nuts in a (Continued) injury or death. crosswise sequence. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
262 Vehicle Care
{ Warning Jump Starting Warning (Continued) Read the following warnings and As soon as possible after procedure in full before attempting . Do not attempt jump starting changing a wheel, have the wheel to jump start the vehicle. directly from the battery in nuts tightened with a torque the engine compartment. If you are still unsure about jump wrench to 140 Nm (Newton . Do not let the jumper lead metres). Wheel nuts must be starting, Holden strongly recommends for your safety and clamps touch each other or tightened evenly to the correct that of the vehicle that you seek the other metal parts. torque, as wheel nuts which have assistance of a suitably trained . Do not allow the jumper not been tightened properly could service technician. leads to contact any rotating eventually allow the wheel to engine components. come off while the vehicle is moving. { Warning . Do not use open flames or sparks near the battery. Do not push start or tow start the 28. Stow the replaced wheel, by vehicle. Therefore, if the battery is . Do not smoke near the reversing Steps 8 to 13. flat, jump start, but do not push battery. 29. Stow the tools in the storage start the vehicle. . Never use a quick charger compartment. See Tools 0 250. Batteries produce explosive to start the engine. 30. Have the flat tyre renewed or gases, contain corrosive acids . The battery must be repaired. and supply levels of electrical removed from the vehicle current high enough to cause for recharging. When reinstalling the repaired burns. Therefore, adhere to the wheel: . Wear eye protection such following when working near a as safety glasses and avoid 1. Install the centre cap. battery: leaning over the battery. 2. Place the cap on the wheel and (Continued) (Continued) tap it into place until it is flush with the wheel. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 263
Defrost the frozen battery before 3. Place the selector lever in Warning (Continued) connecting jumper leads. position P. . Battery acid is corrosive. If it . Use a booster battery with the 4. Turn the ignition off. gets on your skin, wash with same voltage (12 volts). Its 5. Turn off all lamps and plenty of water immediately. capacity (Ah) must not be much accessories in both vehicles, If it gets in your eyes you less than that of the discharged except the hazard warning should not only flush with battery. flashers or any lights needed lots of water, but should . Use jumper leads with insulated for the work area. also seek medical help. terminals and a cross section of Battery acid also damages at least 25 mm². paint and fabrics. To minimise damage, wash it . Do not disconnect the off immediately. discharged battery from the vehicle. . Remove rings, metal watch bands and other metal . Switch off all unnecessary jewellery before working electrical devices. around the battery. . Do not allow the terminals of one . If a permanently connected lead to touch those of the hands free telephone kit is other lead. fitted to the vehicle, remove . The vehicles must not come into the fuse for the telephone contact with each other during kit before jump starting. the jump starting process. 6. Connect one end of the red Remember to replace the lead to the positive terminal of fuse afterwards. Jump Starting Procedure the booster battery (1). 1. Position the two vehicles so 7. Connect the other end of the . A discharged battery can freeze that they are not touching. red lead to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (2). at temperatures of 0°C. 2. Apply the park brakes. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
264 Vehicle Care 8. Connect the black lead to the 13. Switch on the headlamps and Towing negative terminal of the the heated rear window of the booster battery (3). vehicle that received the jump Towing the Vehicle 9. Connect the other end of the start. black lead to a vehicle 14. Leave the engines running grounding point, such as the while removing the BLACK engine block or an engine negative jumper lead first, mounting bolt (4). followed by the RED positive Connect as far away from the jumper lead. discharged battery as possible Note (at least 60 cm). While removing each clamp, do not Note touch any other metal while the Route the leads so that they cannot other end remains attached. catch on rotating parts within the engine compartment. 10. Start the engine of the vehicle A flat-bed tow truck is the best providing the jump start and method of towing the vehicle to allow to idle for at least avoid damage. 5 minutes. 11. Start the engine of the vehicle { Warning with the flat battery. Start attempts should be made No passenger should remain in for no longer than 15 seconds the vehicle being towed. at an interval of 1 minute. 12. Allow both engines to idle for Proper lifting or towing equipment is approximately 3 minutes with necessary when lifting or towing the the leads connected. vehicle to prevent damage. State and local laws must be followed. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 265
In an emergency, the vehicle may Do not attach towing . To prevent exhaust fumes be towed on all four wheels for short equipment to the bumpers or entering the towed vehicle, close distances only, using the front brackets, suspension or cross the windows and press @. towing eyes. members. . Vehicles with damaged 2. Turn the ignition key to ON to transmissions must not be enable the steering lock, towed. windscreen wipers and turn signals operation. . The wheels, axles, drive train, steering and brakes must be in 3. Place the selector lever in N or good condition. neutral. . Only the driver should be inside 4. Release the park brake. a towed vehicle. Note If the vehicle's battery is flat and the Towing Another Vehicle vehicle requires towing, see 0 In an emergency, another vehicle Interruption of Power Supply 194. may be towed using the rear towing Note eye. State and local laws must be Caution . A driver must be in the vehicle to followed. steer and operate the brakes. No load applied to an individual front towing eye shall exceed . Drive slowly when towing. 1,500 kg (static or dynamic). . Power assist for brakes and power steering are not available Emergency Towing Procedure when the engine is turned off. Tow only on hard-surfaced roads for The brakes and steering still a short distance and at low speeds: function, but require greater effort. 1. Fit the towing equipment to the front towing eyes. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
266 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Recovery Attach a tow rope or other suitably rated system to the towing eyes. Ensure all equipment is in good condition and is being used correctly.
Caution
The front towing eyes are rated to 1,500 kg each and the rear towing eye to 1,375 kg. Any load (static or dynamic) applied to Caution these locations must not exceed the rated capacity of each point. No load applied to a rear towing Care should be taken not to eye is to exceed 1,375 kg (static damage the bumper fascia or or dynamic). other vehicle components with the tow rope or recovery system, during recovery.
The vehicle may be recovered using the front or rear towing eyes. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 267 Appearance Care water). The wipers must be switched off. Remove antenna and { Warning external accessories. Exterior Care Take care when moving the If you wash your vehicle by hand, vehicle after washing, in case Washing make sure that the insides of the water has affected the brakes. The paintwork of the vehicle is wheel housings are also thoroughly Applying the brakes lightly will exposed to environmental rinsed out. indicate whether they have been influences. Wash and wax regularly. Clean edges and folds on opened affected. To dry them quickly, When using automatic vehicle doors and the bonnet as well as the lightly apply the brakes while washes, select a programme that areas they cover. maintaining a slow forward speed includes waxing. Have the door hinges of all doors with a clear area ahead, until Bird droppings, dead insects, resin, greased by a Holden Dealer. brake performance returns to pollen and the like should be normal. cleaned off immediately, as they Caution contain aggressive constituents Exterior Lamps which can cause paint damage. Do not clean the engine Failure to do so may result in compartment with a steam-jet or Headlamp and other lamp covers are made of plastic. Do not use any permanent damage, particularly in high-pressure jet cleaner. hot weather conditions. abrasive, solvent based cleaners or caustic agents and do not Road bloom is a gradual build up of Thoroughly rinse and chamois off dry-clean them. road and environmental grime. This the vehicle. Rinse chamois should be removed with a paint frequently. Use separate chamois Air Intakes cleaner once a year, in addition to for painted and glass surfaces: Clear debris from the air intakes, normal washing. remnants of wax on the windows between the bonnet and windscreen If using a vehicle wash, comply with will impair vision. and below the front bumper, when the vehicle wash manufacturer's Do not use hard objects to remove washing the vehicle. instructions. Never use an automatic spots of tar. Use tar removal spray wash that requires anything on painted surfaces. touching the paint (other than Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
268 Vehicle Care
Polishing and Waxing Paintwork Damage Caution Wax the vehicle regularly (at the Rectify minor paintwork damage latest when water no longer beads). Do not operate the wiper blades with a touch-up pen before rust Polishing is necessary only if the by hand as this damages the forms. paint has become dull or if solid wiper drive mechanism. Have more extensive damage or deposits have become attached rust areas repaired by your Holden to it. When cleaning the rear window, Dealer. Paintwork polish with silicone forms make sure the heating element a protective film, making waxing inside is not damaged. Caution unnecessary. Clean smearing wiper blades with a Do not spill coolant on the Plastic body parts must not be soft cloth and window cleaner. vehicle's exterior surfaces as it treated with wax or polishing Wheels and Tyres can damage the paintwork. If you agents. do, wash it off immediately. Do not use high-pressure jet Windows and Windscreen Wiper cleaners. Blades Underbody . Remove oil and grease with Use a soft lint-free cloth or chamois soap and water or detergent. Substances can cause rust under leather together with window the vehicle. cleaner and insect remover. . Do not use petrol to clean tyres. . Hose the underbody with clean . Use a good quality tyre and . Never use abrasive cleaners to water whenever the vehicle is bumper shine if required. clean glass. washed. . A good quality wheel cleaner . Refer to a Holden Dealer for Where the vehicle is exposed to can be used for cleaning alloy . windscreen washer additive. heavy concentrations of wheels. . Old wiper blades can cause corrosive materials, inspect and windscreen scratching. . Do not use abrasive cleaners. wash the complete underbody at Regularly inspect and least once each year, preferably replace them. after winter exposure. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 269
Interior Care Interior and Upholstery Plastic and Rubber Parts Only clean the vehicle interior, Plastic and rubber parts can be { Warning including the instrument panel cleaned with the same cleaner as fascia and panelling, with a dry cloth used to clean the body. Use interior Many cleaning products are toxic, or interior cleaner. cleaner if necessary. Do not use any flammable or may damage the The instrument panel should only be other agent. Avoid solvents and interior. When cleaning the cleaned using a soft damp cloth. petrol in particular. Do not use high interior, avoid volatile cleaners pressure jet cleaners. Clean fabric upholstery with a such as acetone, lacquer Floor Mats thinners, enamel reducers, nail vacuum cleaner and brush. Remove polish removers, or cleaners such stains with an upholstery cleaner. Ensure that floor mats, when fitted, as laundry soaps, bleaches or Clean seat belts with a mild, are securely fastened and do not reducing agents. Never use non-abrasive soap and lukewarm interfere with pedal operation. carbon tetrachloride, petrol or water. naphtha for any cleaning purpose. After washing, thoroughly, sponge Ensure that the vehicle is well the solution out of the belts. ventilated while using any Avoid wipe damp cloth on areas cleaners and always follow the near of Front Seat power switch, cleaning product manufacturer's because the liquid can compromise recommendations. Water based the Seat's working. In case of heavy cleaners, rather than solvent soiling, use leather care. based cleaners, are recommended. Caution Steam cleaning of seats is not recommended. Close Velcro fasteners as open Velcro fasteners on clothing could damage seat upholstery. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
270 Service and Maintenance General Information When Change engine oil soon is Service and displayed, have the engine oil and Maintenance filter changed as soon as possible, Service Information within the next 1,000 km. In order to ensure economical and It is possible that, if you are driving General Information safe vehicle operation and to under the best conditions, the oil life Service Information ...... 270 maintain the value of your vehicle, it system may not indicate that an oil is of vital importance that all Recommended Fluids, change is necessary for a longer maintenance work is carried out at period than that shown in the Lubricants, and Parts the proper intervals as specified. Maintenance schedule. However, Recommended Fluids and the engine oil and filter must be Lubricants ...... 271 See your Service/Warranty Booklet for the service schedules and for changed in accordance with the more information. Maintenance schedule outlined in the Service/Warranty Booklet. Engine Oil Life System The vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter. The frequency of the oil change depends on driving patterns, engine RPM and engine temperature. When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished, Change engine oil soon will appear in the Driver Information Centre (DIC). Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Service and Maintenance 271 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Engine Type 2.8L Diesel Engine oil specification SAE 5W-30; g (dexos™ 2) Coolant specification 50% clean fresh water and 50% Dexcool® anti-freeze coolant, conforming to specification number GM6277M Automatic transmission fluid Dexron® VI Transfer case fluid (four-wheel drive) Dexron® VI Differential oil Synthetic Hypoid 75W/90 GL5 Brake fluid DOT 4 Hydraulic brake fluid conforming to specification number GMW3356 Battery 12 volts, 90 amp hours Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
272 Technical Data Technical Data Vehicle Identification Identification Plate An identification label is located on Vehicle Identification the front door frame. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...... 272 The Vehicle Identification Number Identification Plate ...... 272 (VIN) is located on the chassis rail on the driver’s side. Vehicle Data Engine Data ...... 274 Vehicle Weight ...... 275 Vehicle Dimensions ...... 277 Capacities and Specifications ...... 277 Tyre Pressure ...... 278
1: Approval number 2: Manufacturer 3: Category 4: Number of seats The VIN is also located on the instrument panel visible through the 5: Vehicle identification number windscreen. 6: Compliance date Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Technical Data 273
Engine Number
0: Front of vehicle The engine serial number (1) is located on the right side at the rear of the engine block. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
274 Technical Data Vehicle Data Engine Data Engine Type 2.8 L4 Turbo Diesel Number of cylinders 4 Engine 2776 cc Engine power Please refer to holden.com.au Engine torque Please refer to holden.com.au Diesel fuel Complies with Euro Standard EN590 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Technical Data 275
Vehicle Weight Maximum Vehicle Carry Capacity Overloading is a safety hazard and Carrying capacity (occupants, accessories could also shorten the life of the and luggage) (kg) vehicle. LT 626 LTZ 617
Example Loading Guide Example 1: A. Vehicle carrying capacity (example 645 kg) B. Subtract occupant weight (example 2 x 80 kg = 160 kg) C. Subtract mass of fitted accessories (see the following table) (example 82 kg) D. Available luggage capacity (645 – 160 – 82 = 403 kg*) *Subject to axle loads not being exceeded. See Axle Loads further on in this section. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
276 Technical Data
Example 2: Accessory mass examples A. Vehicle carrying capacity (cont'd) (example 645 kg) Nudge bar 6 kg B. Subtract occupant weight Cargo barrier 12 kg (example 5 x 80 kg = 400 kg) Snorkel 3 kg C. Subtract mass of fitted accessories (see the following Axle Loads table) (example 40 kg) D. Available luggage capacity (645 Maximum Front and Rear Axle – 400 – 40 = 205 kg*) Loads *Subject to axle loads not being Do not exceed the maximum axle exceeded. See Axle Loads further loads, including the weight of any on in this section. options, tow ball download when Accessory mass examples towing, or accessories fitted to the vehicle. Weigh at a weighbridge if Towbar 31 kg unsure. Bull bar 53 kg Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Technical Data 277
Front Axle Load (kg) Rear Axle Load (kg) All models 1450 1600
Vehicle Dimensions Dimensions (mm) Length Width (incl. Height (incl. Front Track Rear Track Front Wheel Base mirrors) roof rail) Overhang LT 4887 2132 1840 1570 1588 957 2845 LTZ 4887 2132 1846 1570 1588 957 2845
The above figures are based on the design dimensions. Capacities and Specifications Engine Type 2.8 L4 Turbo Diesel Refill engine oil including filter (approximately) 5.6 L Coolant (approximately) 9.0 L Fuel tank 76.0 L Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
278 Technical Data
Tyre Pressure Tyre Wheel Recommended Pressure Size Size and Profile Up to 3 people (Light) Up to 3 people (ECO) Full load (Max) Spare Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear — kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI 255/65 17 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 280 40 280 40 R17 x 7.0J SL 110S 265/60 18 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 280 40 280 40 R18 x 7.5J SL 110T Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Customer Information 279 Customer Information In the instance that you wish to Customer escalate a query to a higher level of Information staff, further options are available Trademarks and Licence to you. Agreements As a first step, Holden suggests you Customer Information DexosTM is a trademark of General discuss any concern with the Trademarks and Licence Motors LLC relevant Department Manager Agreements ...... 279 (Sales Manager or Service Dexron® and Dexcool® are Owner Assistance ...... 279 Manager). registered trademarks of General Vehicle Data Recording and Motors LLC Alternatively, the Dealership Privacy General Manager or Dealer Vehicle Data Recording and Owner Assistance Principal will also be happy to Privacy ...... 281 assist you. Holden Customer Care Holden Customer Care Office At Holden, we want you to be completely satisfied with your Should you wish to speak to a ownership experience. This applies Holden representative, you are to your vehicle and any Holden welcome to contact the Holden representative you may deal with. Customer Care team. Refer below for two options for Refer below for operating hours and seeking assistance with your query. various methods of communication. Holden Dealerships Operating Hours Holden encourages you to seek Weekdays: 8am – 7pm AEST assistance from your Holden Saturday: 9am – 1pm AEST Dealership. Each Holden Dealership is equipped to manage any sales, servicing, parts or technical query. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
280 Customer Information
Telephone . Servicing dealer's name and Applicable details for New Zealand Holden Customer Care can be address are set out in the Holden Warranty telephoned from anywhere within . Vehicle model and Owner Assistance Information Australia for only the cost of a booklet enclosed in the New . Vehicle identification number Zealand glovebox wallet. local call. (I.S.O.V.I.N.), refer to the inside The contact number is: front cover of the Service/ New Zealand Assistance can be reached on: 1800 033 349 Warranty Booklet in your vehicle's glovebox 0800 HOLDEN (0800 465 336) Email . Date of purchase This number provides access to Alternatively, you may prefer to . Current odometer reading New Zealand Roadside Assistance email Holden at: as well as New Zealand [email protected] Most of this information will be Customer Care. found on the Vehicle Identification Written Correspondence Certificate, located inside the front Alternatively, you may prefer to email Holden at: You can also write to Holden at the cover of the Service/Warranty address below: Booklet in your vehicle's glovebox. [email protected] The Manager Before you write however, You can also write to Holden at the Holden Customer Care Centre remember that the telephone is a address below: GPO Box 1714 quicker and more effective means of The Manager Melbourne 3001 communication. Holden Customer Care Centre Your written correspondence should New Zealand PO Box 11195 clearly outline your concern or query Ellerslie The information in this Owner's Auckland 1542 and include: Manual applies primarily to . Your name and address Australian Holden vehicles and there may be some differences to . Telephone numbers, both private the Warranty and Owner Assistance and business provisions for New Zealand. Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Customer Information 281 Vehicle Data . With the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, Recording and with the consent of the lessee. Privacy . In response to an official request of police or similar government Event Data Recorders office. The vehicle has a number of . As part of the manufacturer's sophisticated systems that monitor defence in case of legal and control several vehicle data. proceedings. Some data may be stored during regular operation to facilitate repair . As required by law. of detected malfunctions, other data In addition, the manufacturer may is stored only in a crash or near use the collected or received data: crash event by systems commonly . For the manufacturer's research called event data recorders (EDR). needs. The systems may record data about . To make it available for research the condition of the vehicle and how needs where appropriate it was operated (e.g. engine speed, confidentiality is maintained and brake application, seat belt usage). need is shown. To read this data, special equipment and access to the vehicle are . To share summary data which is required. This will take place when not tied to a specific vehicle with the vehicle is serviced by a Holden other organisations for research dealer. Some data is electronically purposes. fed into global diagnostic systems. The manufacturer will not access information about a crash event or share it with others except: Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
282 Index Index A Anti-theft (cont'd) Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 224 Alarm System Messages ...... 82 Adjustable Air Vents ...... 182 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 199 Adjustments Warning Light ...... 74 Seat, Initial Drive ...... 34 Appearance Care Agreements Exterior ...... 267 Trademarks and Interior ...... 269 License ...... 142, 175 Apple CarPlay and Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 233 Android Auto ...... 137 Air Conditioning ...... 177, 179, 182 Armrest Storage ...... 57 Air Conditioning Regular Audio Operation ...... 184 Bluetooth ...... 109 Air Filter, Passenger Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 151 Compartment ...... 184 Automatic Air Intake ...... 184 Light Control ...... 91 Airbags Transmission ...... 193 Curtain ...... 48 Transmission Fluid ...... 233 Front ...... 46 Automatic Transmission Seat Belt Tensioner Light ...... 73 Electronic Driving Side ...... 47 Programs ...... 194 System Check ...... 45 Fault ...... 194 Alarm System Interruption of Power Anti-theft ...... 24 Supply ...... 194 AM-FM Radio ...... 102, 157 Manual Mode ...... 194 Antenna Shift Lever ...... 193 Fixed Mast ...... 105, 160 Transmission Display ...... 193 Anti-theft Auxiliary Devices ...... 167 Alarm System ...... 24 Auxiliary Jack ...... 108 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Index 283
B Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Climate Control Systems (cont'd) Battery ...... 236 Licence Plate Lamps ...... 243 Air Conditioning ...... 177 Jump Starting ...... 262 Taillamps ...... 240 Electronic ...... 179 Power Protection ...... 96 Buying New Tyres ...... 256 Heating ...... 177 Voltage and Charging Buzzers, Warning ...... 79 Rear Air Conditioning Messages ...... 79 C System ...... 182 Computer, Trip ...... 85 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 237 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 213 Control System Bleeding Capacities and Emission ...... 227 Diesel Fuel System ...... 237 Specifications ...... 277 Controls Bluetooth Carbon Monoxide Steering Wheel ...... 100, 153 Overview ...... 130, 131, Engine Exhaust ...... 191 135, 168 Convex Mirrors ...... 25 Tailgate ...... 23 Bluetooth Audio ...... 109 Coolant Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Bonnet ...... 229 Engine ...... 233 Central Locking System ...... 21 Boot Engine Temperature Gauge . . . .71 Chains, Tyre ...... 257 Cover ...... 58 Cooling ...... 177, 179, 182 Charging System Light ...... 73 Brakes ...... 199 Cooling System Check Antilock ...... 199 Engine Messages ...... 80 Malfunction Indicator Engine Assist ...... 200 Courtesy Lamps ...... 94 Light ...... 73 Brake and Clutch System Coverage Explanations ...... 123 Child Restraint Systems Warning Light ...... 73 Covers ...... 93 Top Tether ...... 53 Fluid ...... 235 Boot ...... 58 Child Restraints Parking ...... 200 Misted Lamps ...... 93 ISOFIX ...... 53 System Messages ...... 80 Wheel ...... 256 Systems ...... 49 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 188 Cruise Control ...... 204 Cleaning Bulb Replacement Light ...... 78 Exterior Care ...... 267 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 240 Messages ...... 80 Interior Care ...... 269 Headlamps ...... 238 Cupholders ...... 56 Climate Control Systems ...... 177 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
284 Index
Curtain Airbag System ...... 48 Driver Information Engine (cont'd) Check and Service Engine D Centre (DIC) ...... 78 Driving Soon Light ...... 73 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3 Electronic Programs ...... 194 Compartment Overview ...... 230 Database Coverage Environment ...... 186 Coolant ...... 233 Explanations ...... 123 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 188 Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . .71 Daytime Running Off-Road ...... 187 Cooling System Messages . . . . .80 Lamps (DRL) ...... 92 Exhaust ...... 191 Descent Control System ...... 74 E Oil Life System ...... 232 Descent Control Electrical Equipment, Oil Messages ...... 81 System (DCS) ...... 202 Add-On ...... 224 Oil Pressure Light ...... 76 Destination ...... 116 Electrical System Power Messages ...... 81 Devices Engine Compartment Fuse Starting ...... 189 Auxiliary ...... 167 Block ...... 246 Starting Your Diesel Engine . . . 189 Diesel Fuses ...... 244 Engine Data ...... 274 Starting Your Engine ...... 189 Instrument Panel Fuse Entry Lighting ...... 96 Diesel Fuel System Bleeding . . . 237 Block ...... 248 Exit Lighting ...... 96 Diesel Particulate Filter ...... 191 Electronic Climate Control Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 90 Diesel Particulate Filter System ...... 179 Messages ...... 81 Electronic Driving Programs . . . . 194 F Dimensions Electronic Stability Control ...... 201 Fault, Automatic Vehicle ...... 277 Electronic Stability Control Transmission ...... 194 Displays (ESC) Off Light ...... 75 Filter ...... 191 Automatic Transmission ...... 193 Electronic Stability Control Fuel ...... 237 Door Indicator Light ...... 75 Filter, Ajar Messages ...... 80 Emission Control System ...... 227 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 233 Central Locking System ...... 21 Emission Information ...... 227 Fixed Air Vents ...... 183 Manual Door Locks ...... 21 Engine Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 105, 160 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 233 Flash-to-Pass ...... 91 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Index 285
Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 92 Fuel (cont'd) H Flat Tyre Filter ...... 237 Hands-Free Phone ...... 173, 175 Changing ...... 257 Gauge ...... 70 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 92 Fluid Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 77 Head Restraints ...... 32 Automatic Transmission ...... 233 System Messages ...... 81 Headlamps Brakes ...... 235 Fuses ...... 244 Automatic Light Control ...... 91 Four-Wheel Drive Engine Compartment Fuse Bulb Replacement ...... 238 Transfer Case ...... 195 Block ...... 246 Daytime Running Washer ...... 234 Instrument Panel Fuse Lamps (DRL) ...... 92 Fog Lamps Block ...... 248 Flash-to-Pass ...... 91 Front ...... 93 G High-Beam On Light ...... 77 Fog Light, Rear ...... 77 Gauges High/Low Beam Changer ...... 91 Folding Mirrors ...... 26 Engine Coolant Temperature . . .71 Lamps On Reminder ...... 77 Forward Collision Alert Fuel ...... 70 Range Adjustment ...... 92 (FCA) System ...... 206 Odometer ...... 70 Headlight Range Adjustment . . . . 92 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 195 Speedometer ...... 69 Heated Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 74 Tachometer ...... 70 Rear Window ...... 29 Front Airbag System ...... 46 Trip Odometer ...... 70 Heated Front Seats ...... 36 Front Fog Lamp Turn Signal ...... 71 Heating ...... 177, 179 Light ...... 77 Warning Lights and High-Beam On Light ...... 77 Front Seat Position Seats Indicators ...... 69 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 188 Adjustment ...... 34 General Information Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 200 Front Seats Vehicle Care ...... 227 Home Page ...... 152 Adjustment ...... 34 Global Positioning Horn ...... 12, 65 Heated ...... 36 System (GPS) ...... 122 HVAC ...... 177, 179, 182 Front Turn Signal Lamps ...... 240 Glove Box ...... 56 Fuel ...... 216 Guidance Filling the Tank ...... 218 Problems with the Route ...... 123 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
286 Index
I K Lighting Identification Plate ...... 272 Key and Lock Messages ...... 82 Entry ...... 96 If the System Needs Service . . . . 123 Keys ...... 17 Exit ...... 96 Illumination Control ...... 94 Ignition Positions ...... 188 L Immobiliser ...... 25 Lights ...... 75 Lamps Light ...... 77 Airbag and Seat Belt Boot ...... 94 Indicator Tensioner ...... 73 Courtesy ...... 94 Vehicle Ahead ...... 75 Antilock Brake System Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 92 Information (ABS) Warning ...... 74 Exterior Controls ...... 90 Service ...... 270 Automatic Control ...... 91 Front Fog ...... 93 Information on Loading the Brake and Clutch System ...... 73 Front Turn Signal ...... 240 Vehicle ...... 61 Charging System ...... 73 Licence Plate ...... 243 Infotainment ...... 150 Cruise Control ...... 78 Malfunction Indicator ...... 73 Instrument Panel Descent Control System ...... 74 Messages ...... 82 Storage Area ...... 55 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 76 Misted Covers ...... 93 Instrument Panel Overview . . . .5, 63 Flash-to-Pass ...... 91 On Reminder ...... 77 Interruption of Power Supply . . . . 194 Fog Lamp, Rear ...... 77 Reading ...... 95 Introduction ...... 2, 98 Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 74 Reversing ...... 93 ISOFIX Child Restraint Front Fog Lamp ...... 77 Sun Visor ...... 95 Systems ...... 53 High-Beam On ...... 77 Taillamps ...... 240 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 91 J Lane Departure Warning ...... 215 Immobiliser ...... 77 Jack Lane Departure Warning Light . . . 75 Lane Departure Warning ...... 75 Auxiliary ...... 108 Light Low Fuel Warning ...... 77 Jump Starting ...... 262 Electronic Stability Control Safety Belt Reminders ...... 72 (ESC), Off ...... 75 Traction Control System Pre-Heat ...... 76 Warning ...... 75 Traction Control Trailer Indicator ...... 78 System (TCS) ...... 76 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Index 287
Lights (cont'd) Messages (cont'd) Monitor System, Tyre Tyre Pressure Monitoring Diesel Particulate Filter ...... 81 Pressure ...... 251 System ...... 76 Door Ajar ...... 80 N Load Compartment Lamps ...... 94 Engine Cooling System ...... 80 Navigation Loading the Vehicle ...... 61 Engine Oil ...... 81 Destination ...... 116 Locks Engine Power ...... 81 Using the System ...... 110 Central Locking System ...... 21 Fuel System ...... 81 Navigation Symbols ...... 114 Manual Door ...... 21 Key and Lock ...... 82 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 188 Safety ...... 22 Lamp ...... 82 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 77 Object Detection System ...... 82 O Object Detection System M Ride Control System ...... 82 Service Vehicle ...... 83 Messages ...... 82 Maintenance Steering System ...... 83 Object Detection, Side Blind Air Conditioning Regular Transmission ...... 84 Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 212 Operation ...... 184 Tyre ...... 83 Odometer ...... 70 Maintenance Schedule Vehicle ...... 79 Trip ...... 70 Recommended Fluids and Vehicle Reminder ...... 85 Off-Road ...... 187 Lubricants ...... 271 Vehicle Speed ...... 85 Driving ...... 187 Transfer Case ...... 195 Messaging Oil Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 73 Text ...... 136 Engine ...... 231 Manual Mode ...... 194 Mirrors Engine Oil Life System ...... 232 Map Data Updates ...... 123 Automatic Dimming Messages ...... 81 Maps ...... 114 Rearview ...... 27 Pressure Light ...... 76 Messages Convex ...... 25 Operation Airbag System ...... 82 Folding ...... 26 Infotainment ...... 154 Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 82 Manual Rearview ...... 27 Outlets Battery Voltage and Power ...... 25 Power ...... 68 Charging ...... 79 Misted Light Covers ...... 93 Overview ...... 98, 151 Brake System ...... 80 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
288 Index
Overview (cont'd) Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 44 Recommended Fluids and Instrument Panel ...... 63 Pressure Lubricants ...... 271 Owner Assistance ...... 279 Tyre ...... 278 Remote Control ...... 20 P Privacy Radio ...... 20 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 281 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 18 Parking ...... 190 Problems with Route Replacement Parts Brake ...... 200 Guidance ...... 123 Airbags ...... 49 Parking Assist ...... 208 Replacing Airbag System ...... 49 Passenger Compartment Air R Replacing Safety Belt System Filter ...... 184 Radio Parts after a Crash ...... 45 Personalisation AM-FM ...... 157 Restraints Vehicle ...... 88 Radio Reception ...... 103, 104, 158 Where to Put ...... 52 Phone Radios Reverse Lamps ...... 93 Apple CarPlay and AM-FM Radio ...... 102 Ride Control Systems ...... 201 Android Auto ...... 137 Reading Lamps ...... 95 Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . . 201 Bluetooth ...... 130, 131, Rear Air Conditioning Messages ...... 82 135, 168 System ...... 182 Roof Rack System ...... 60 Hands-Free ...... 173, 175 Rear Fog Light ...... 77 Rotation, Tyres ...... 255 Port Rear Seats ...... 37 USB ...... 106, 161 Rear Storage ...... 58 S Positioning Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 213 Safety Belts ...... 41 Vehicle ...... 122 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . 67 Care ...... 44 Power Rear Windows Reminders ...... 72 Mirrors ...... 25 Heated ...... 29 Replacing after a Crash ...... 45 Outlets ...... 68 Rearview Mirrors ...... 27 Three-Point ...... 43 Protection, Battery ...... 96 Automatic Dimming ...... 27 Use During Pregnancy ...... 44 Seat Adjustment ...... 35 Recognition Safety Locks ...... 22 Windows ...... 27 Voice ...... 124 Seats Pre-Heat Light ...... 76 Adjustment, Front ...... 34 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Index 289
Seats (cont'd) Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 18 System Head Restraints ...... 32 Starting the Diesel Engine ...... 189 Forward Collision Heated Front ...... 36 Starting the Engine ...... 189 Alert (FCA) ...... 206 Position, Front ...... 34 Steering ...... 186 Global Positioning ...... 122 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 35 Wheel Adjustment ...... 64 Infotainment ...... 150 Rear ...... 37 Wheel Controls ...... 65 Roof Rack ...... 60 Second Row ...... 37 Steering System Messages ...... 83 T Third Row Seat ...... 39 Steering Wheel Tachometer ...... 70 Second Row Seats ...... 37 Controls ...... 100, 153 Tailgate ...... 23 Service Storage Taillamps ...... 240 Climate Control System ...... 177 Boot Cover ...... 58 Technical Data Doing Your Own Work ...... 228 Rear ...... 58 Tyre Pressure ...... 278 Engine Soon Light ...... 73 Vehicle ...... 227 Text Messaging ...... 136 Vehicle Messages ...... 83 Storage Areas Theft-Deterrent Systems Service and Maintenance Armrest ...... 57 Immobiliser ...... 25 Service Information ...... 270 Glove Box ...... 56 Third-Row Seats ...... 39 Service Information ...... 270 Information on Loading the Three-Point Seat Belt ...... 43 Servicing System ...... 123 Vehicle ...... 61 Tire Pressure Monitoring Settings ...... 121, 138 Instrument Panel ...... 55 System Light ...... 76 Shift Lever ...... 193 Roof Rack System ...... 60 Tools ...... 250 Side Airbag System ...... 47 Sunglasses ...... 57 Top-Tether Child Restraint Side Blind Zone Alert ...... 212 Sun Visor Lamps ...... 95 Systems ...... 53 Signals, Turn and Sun Visors ...... 30 Towing Lane-Change ...... 93 Sunglass Storage ...... 57 Another Vehicle ...... 265 Specifications and Symbols Trailer ...... 219 Capacities ...... 277 Navigation ...... 114 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 224 Speedometer ...... 69 Vehicle ...... 264 Start Assist, Hill ...... 200 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
290 Index
Traction Tyres (cont'd) Vehicle Care Control System (TCS) ...... 201 Chains ...... 257 Tyre Pressure ...... 250 Control System Warning Changing ...... 257 Vehicle Data Recording and Light ...... 75 Messages ...... 83 Privacy ...... 281 Traction Control System Pressure ...... 250 Vehicle Dimensions ...... 277 (TCS) Off Light ...... 76 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 253 Vehicle Identification Trademarks and Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 251 Plate ...... 272 License Rotation ...... 255 Vehicle Positioning ...... 122 Agreements ...... 142, 175, 279 Tyres and Wheels ...... 250 Vehicle Storage ...... 227 Trailer U Vehicle Weight ...... 275 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 224 Ventilation Updates Towing ...... 219 Adjustable Air ...... 182 Map Data ...... 123 Trailer Indicator Light ...... 78 Fixed Air Vents ...... 183 USB Port ...... 106, 161 Transfer Case ...... 195 Visors ...... 30 Using the Navigation System . . . 110 Transmission Voice Recognition ...... 124 Using the System ...... 101 Automatic ...... 193 Using This Manual ...... 3 W Fluid, Automatic ...... 233 Warning Messages ...... 84 V Caution and Danger ...... 3 Transmission Display ...... 193 Vehicle Warning Chimes ...... 79 Tread Depth ...... 255 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 272 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Trip Computer ...... 85 Messages ...... 79 Indicators ...... 69 Trip Odometer ...... 70 Personalisation ...... 88 Warnings Turn and Lane-Change Reminder Messages ...... 85 Hazard Flashers ...... 92 Signals ...... 93 Remote Start ...... 18 Washer Fluid ...... 234 Turn Signal ...... 71 Speed Messages ...... 85 Weights Tyre Pressure ...... 278 Towing ...... 264 Vehicle ...... 275 Tyres Towing Another Vehicle ...... 265 Wheel Covers ...... 256 Buying New Tyres ...... 256 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 75 Wheels and Tyres ...... 250 Holden Trailblazer Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460368) - 2017 - crc - 6/29/16
Index 291
Where to Put the Restraint ...... 52 Windows Heated, Rear ...... 29 Power ...... 27 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 66 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 237 Wipers Rear Washer ...... 67